WO2020220176A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020220176A1
WO2020220176A1 PCT/CN2019/084864 CN2019084864W WO2020220176A1 WO 2020220176 A1 WO2020220176 A1 WO 2020220176A1 CN 2019084864 W CN2019084864 W CN 2019084864W WO 2020220176 A1 WO2020220176 A1 WO 2020220176A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sequence
mod
integer
base sequences
absolute value
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/084864
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
位祎
李雪茹
曲秉玉
周永行
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2019/084864 priority Critical patent/WO2020220176A1/en
Priority to CN201980096769.9A priority patent/CN114026932A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2019/095585 priority patent/WO2020220475A1/en
Publication of WO2020220176A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020220176A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, in particular to communication methods and devices in the field of communications.
  • uplink reference signals such as uplink demodulation reference signal (DMRS) and uplink sounding reference signal (SRS)
  • DMRS uplink demodulation reference signal
  • SRS uplink sounding reference signal
  • the base sequence may be generated according to the ZC (Zadoff-Chu) sequence.
  • the base sequence may be the ZC sequence itself, or the base sequence may be a sequence generated by the ZC sequence through cyclic expansion or interception.
  • the ZC sequence of length N can be expressed in the following form:
  • N is the length of the ZC sequence, which is an integer greater than 1;
  • q is the root of the ZC sequence, which is a natural number that is relatively prime to N, and 0 ⁇ q ⁇ N.
  • This article defines the reference sequence generated from the ZC sequence as the base sequence as Where q is the root of the ZC sequence, and ⁇ is the value determined by the time domain cyclic shift.
  • the upstream sounding reference signal is SRS
  • the terminal device needs to determine the SRS sequence according to the base sequence before sending the SRS.
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • each cell can allocate two base sequences of the same length to the terminal equipment to generate the final transmitted SRS sequence.
  • each terminal device that transmits an SRS sequence of the same length on the same time-frequency resource uses the SRS sequence generated by the same base sequence in the group.
  • these terminal devices obtain orthogonality between the SRS sequences by using different time-domain cyclic shifts and/or time-frequency domain resources.
  • two base sequences with the same length in the same group are used as hopping sequences, that is, at different moments, the base sequence used by a terminal device can be designed between the two base sequences in this group.
  • the pattern of is hopping, and its purpose is to randomize inter-cell interference.
  • sequence hopping process on the same time-frequency resource, all terminal devices in a cell that send the same length SRS sequence still use the same base sequence to generate the SRS sequence. Therefore, in the current system, on the same time-frequency resource, there is only one available root for the SRS sequence of a cell.
  • the number of terminal devices in each cell is large (for example, 200), and the number of time-domain cyclic shifts that can obtain good orthogonality in the actual system and the number of available time-frequency domain resources are very limited. .
  • the current number of available SRS sequences in a cell is far from sufficient for the huge number of terminal devices.
  • the channel has time-varying characteristics, and the large SRS period causes the channel state information obtained through SRS to be easily outdated.
  • the channel state information during downlink data transmission is very different from the channel state information measured by the previous SRS, which seriously affects the system Performance.
  • the present application provides a communication method and device that can reduce the interference of different terminal devices in the same cell when transmitting SRS sequences on the basis of increasing the number of roots used in each cell, and improve system performance.
  • a communication method including: obtaining a reference signal sequence of length M, where M is an integer greater than 1, sending the reference signal sequence to a network device; wherein, the reference signal sequence is composed of The first base sequence of M is determined, the first base sequence belongs to the first sequence group, the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X, and the X base sequences have the same group Index, the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, N is an integer greater than 1, X is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and any two base sequences in the X base sequences correspond to The roots of the ZC sequence of are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 1 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1, K 4 ⁇
  • a sequence group includes at least two base sequences of the same length
  • different terminal devices in the same cell can use at least two base sequences of the same length in the sequence group.
  • Determine the reference signal sequence and send the reference signal sequence on the same time-frequency resource, so that in the cell corresponding to the sequence group, the number of terminal devices that can simultaneously send reference signals of the same length at the same frequency increases, increasing the number of reference signals
  • the number of sequences can also ensure that the interference power between the reference signal sequences is very low, which is beneficial to improve the accuracy of channel measurement by the network equipment based on the reference signal.
  • the value range of the absolute value of V 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 >1, K 4 ⁇ N-1, when N is an odd number, When N is even, Not only can the interference power between the reference signal sequences generated based on any two base sequences in the same sequence group and any cyclic shift value be sufficiently low, for example, the sequence generated by the base sequences r 1 (m) and ⁇ 1 And the sequence generated by the base sequence r 2 (m) and ⁇ 2 The interference power is low enough, and it can make multiple reference signal sequences generated by the same base sequence and multiple cyclic shift values to generate the reference signal sequence generated by another base sequence and any cyclic shift value.
  • the total interference power is sufficiently low, for example, f reference signal sequences generated from the base sequence r 1 (m) and f different cyclic shift values ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 2 ,..., ⁇ f
  • the total interference power generated is small enough, where f is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the total interference here refers to the expected value or variance value or instantaneous value of the total interference power, which is not limited. In this way, different terminal devices in the same cell can use different base sequences in the sequence group corresponding to the cell to generate their respective reference signal sequences, and can send them on the same time-frequency resource.
  • the method before the terminal device acquires the reference signal sequence of length M, the method further includes: the terminal device receives configuration information sent by the network device, and according to the configuration information The first base sequence is determined, and the reference signal sequence is determined according to the first base sequence.
  • the embodiment of the present application defines the second sequence group as a set of all base sequences having the same group index (or cell index). Therefore, the above-mentioned first sequence group is a set of all or part of the base sequences in the second sequence group.
  • the first sequence group is the set of all base sequences in the second sequence group.
  • the first sequence group is the second sequence group.
  • the configuration information may include first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first sequence group; the second indication information is used to indicate the first sequence group in the first sequence group.
  • Base sequence. The terminal device may receive the first indication information and the second indication information, and obtain a reference signal sequence of length M according to the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the first sequence group is a collection of partial base sequences in the second sequence group.
  • the foregoing configuration information may include first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information.
  • the terminal device may obtain a reference signal sequence of length M according to the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information.
  • the terminal device can determine the final reference signal sequence according to the above three indication information in various ways. For example, the terminal device may determine the first sequence group through the first indication information and the third indication information, and then determine the first base sequence based on the above-mentioned first sequence group through the second indication information, thereby determining the reference according to the first base sequence Signal sequence.
  • the terminal device may determine the potential multiple base sequences in the second sequence group through the first indication information and the second indication information, and then determine based on the first base sequence among the multiple base sequences through the third indication information, thereby The reference signal sequence is determined according to the first base sequence.
  • the terminal device may also determine the first base sequence in other ways, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups
  • the number of base sequences with length M is X (y)
  • the X (y) base sequences with length M are determined by X (y) ZC sequences with length N
  • X (y) is An integer greater than or equal to 2
  • the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the base sequences of length M in the X (y) base sequences are q′ and (q′+V′) mod N
  • q′ is An integer from 1 to N-1
  • V' is an integer
  • each sequence group in the Y sequence groups includes at least two base sequences with a length of M, so that each cell corresponding to the Y sequence groups can simultaneously send terminals with the same length of reference signals
  • the number of devices is at least doubled. While increasing the number of reference signal sequences, it can ensure that the interference power between the reference signal sequences generated by any two base sequences of the same length in the same sequence group is very low. , The interference between reference signal sequences is much lower than that of the signal, which is conducive to flexible network planning and improves the accuracy of channel measurement of network equipment based on reference signal sequences.
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
  • the absolute value of V′ belongs to the set
  • the absolute value of V'belongs to the set Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
  • the first threshold and the second threshold may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the foregoing first threshold may be determined by a network device, and the terminal device does not need to know the first threshold. In other words, the network device may determine the first threshold, and determine one or more values of the absolute value of V 1 and/or the absolute value of V′ according to the first threshold and N, and the network device may determine the absolute value of V 1 One or more values of the absolute value of V and/or the absolute value of V'are assigned to the terminal device, and the terminal device can be directly based on one or more of the absolute value of V 1 and/or the absolute value of V'sent by the network device. Take a value, determine the base sequence, and then determine the reference signal sequence and send it. The second threshold is the same and will not be repeated here.
  • the absolute value of V 1 and/or the range of the absolute value of V' can be optimized for different ⁇ and different channel coherence bandwidths, so that under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when there is
  • ⁇ terminal devices determine reference signal sequences based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values, the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal sequence determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group Very low.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 3
  • the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the three base sequences They are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 ) mod N and (q 2 + W 1 ) mod N respectively, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 2 is The value range is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the value range of the absolute value of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • the three base sequences in this embodiment may include at least one of the two base sequences in the foregoing embodiment, or may be other sequences different from the foregoing two base sequences, that is, q 2 and q 1 may be equal , It may not be equal, V 2 and V 1 may be equal or not, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • W 1 may be determined according to V 2
  • V 2 may be determined according to W 1
  • V 2 and W 1 may be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other.
  • This application The embodiment also does not limit this.
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 4
  • the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the four base sequences are respectively Is q 3 , (q 3 +V 3 ) mod N, (q 3 +W 2 ) mod N, and (q 3 +O 1 ) mod N, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V 3 is Integer, and the value range of the absolute value of V 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the value range of the absolute value of W 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • the four base sequences in this embodiment may include at least one of the base sequences mentioned in the above-mentioned embodiments, or may be other sequences different from the above-mentioned base sequences, that is, q 3 and q 1 or q 2 It can be equal or unequal.
  • V 3 and V 1 or V 2 can be equal or unequal.
  • W 2 and W 1 can be equal or unequal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
  • W 2 may be determined based on V 3
  • V 3 may be determined based on W 2
  • V 3 and W 2 may be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other.
  • O 1 can be determined based on V 3
  • V 3 can be determined based on O 1
  • V 3 and O 1 can be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between them.
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 5
  • the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the five base sequences correspond to the roots of the ZC sequence They are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 )mod N, (q 4 +W 3 )mod N, (q 4 +O 2 )mod N and (q 4 +P)mod N, where q 4 is 1.
  • V 4 is an integer
  • the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ]
  • W 3 is an integer
  • the absolute value of W 3 The value range of is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ]
  • O 2 is an integer
  • the absolute value of O 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ]
  • P is an integer
  • the range of the absolute value of P is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • the five base sequences in this embodiment may include at least one of the base sequences already mentioned in the above-mentioned embodiment, or may be other sequences different from the above-mentioned base sequence, that is, q 4 and q 1 , q 2 Or q 3 can be equal or unequal, V 4 and V 1 , V 2 or V 3 can be equal or unequal, W 3 and W 1 or W 2 can be equal or unequal, O 2 and O 1 may be equal or unequal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • W 3 may be determined according to V 4
  • V 4 may be determined according to W 3
  • V 4 and W 3 may be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other.
  • O 2 can be determined based on V 4
  • V 4 can be determined based on O 2
  • V 4 and O 2 can be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other.
  • P can be determined based on V 4 , or V 4 can be determined based on P, or V 4 and P can be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between them.
  • another communication method including: sending configuration information, the configuration information is used to configure a first sequence group, the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X, so The X base sequences have the same group index, the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, N is an integer greater than 1, X is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the X
  • the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two base sequences in the base sequence are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 ) mod N respectively, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 1
  • the value range is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1, K 4 ⁇ N-1, when N is an odd number, When N is even, Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a collection of integers greater than
  • the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups
  • the number of base sequences with length M is X (y)
  • the X (y) base sequences with length M are determined by X (y) ZC sequences with length N
  • X (y) is An integer greater than or equal to 2
  • the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the base sequences of length M in the X (y) base sequences are q′ and (q′+V′) mod N
  • q′ is An integer from 1 to N-1
  • V' is an integer
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 3
  • the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the three base sequences They are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 ) mod N and (q 2 + W 1 ) mod N respectively, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 2 is The value range is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the value range of the absolute value of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 4
  • the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the four base sequences are respectively Is q 3 , (q 3 +V 3 ) mod N, (q 3 +W 2 ) mod N, and (q 3 +O 1 ) mod N, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V 3 is Integer, and the value range of the absolute value of V 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the value range of the absolute value of W 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 5
  • the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the five base sequences correspond to the roots of the ZC sequence They are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 )mod N, (q 4 +W 3 )mod N, (q 4 +O 2 )mod N and (q 4 +P)mod N, where q 4 is 1.
  • V 4 is an integer
  • the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ]
  • W 3 is an integer
  • the absolute value of W 3 The value range of is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ]
  • O 2 is an integer
  • the absolute value of O 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ]
  • P is an integer
  • the range of the absolute value of P is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • a device for executing the above-mentioned aspects or methods in any possible implementation manners of the aspects.
  • the device includes a unit for executing the foregoing aspects or methods in any possible implementation manners of the aspects.
  • the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the above aspects.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software. .
  • a device which includes a communication interface, a memory, and a processor.
  • the processor is configured to implement the foregoing aspects or methods in any possible implementation manner of each aspect
  • the memory is coupled with the processor.
  • the communication interface, the memory, and the processor communicate with each other through an internal connection path, the memory is used to store instructions, and the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement the foregoing aspects or any possible aspects of each aspect. The method in the implementation mode.
  • a system in a fifth aspect, includes a device for implementing any one of the foregoing first aspect or the first aspect, and a device for implementing any one of the foregoing second or second aspects.
  • a possible method of implementation; or the system includes a device for implementing the third aspect or any of the possible methods of the third aspect, and a device for implementing any of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect Possible methods of implementation.
  • the system includes a device for implementing a method executed by a terminal device and a device for implementing a method executed by a network device.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run by a computer, the computer can execute each of the above aspects or any of the possibilities The method in the implementation mode.
  • a computer-readable medium for storing instructions that, when the instructions run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the above aspects or the methods in any possible implementation manners of the aspects Instructions.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a chip system, which includes one or more processors, configured to call and execute instructions stored in the memory from the memory, so that the above aspects or any of the above aspects The methods in one possible implementation are executed.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of a sequence group in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 shows a schematic diagram of another sequence group in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 shows a schematic block diagram of a device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 shows a schematic block diagram of another apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of another apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE Time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be referred to as a terminal for short, which may be a device with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the terminal can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water (such as a ship, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aeroplane, balloon, satellite, etc.).
  • the terminal equipment may be user equipment (UE).
  • UEs include handheld devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, or computing devices with wireless communication functions.
  • the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with wireless transceiver function.
  • Terminal equipment can also be virtual reality (VR) terminal equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in unmanned driving, wireless terminals in telemedicine, and smart Wireless terminals in power grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.
  • the device used to implement the function of the terminal may be a terminal; it may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the device used to implement the functions of the terminal is an example to describe the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device.
  • the network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA)
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • the base transceiver station (BTS) in the LTE system can also be the Node B (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved Node B in the LTE system.
  • NodeB, NB Node B
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • a base station may be a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and can communicate with a terminal wirelessly.
  • Base stations may come in many forms, such as macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, and access points.
  • the base station involved in the embodiment of this application may be a base station in 5G or a base station in LTE, where the base station in 5G may also be called a transmission reception point (TRP) or gNB (generation NodeB) .
  • the device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device.
  • the device for implementing the functions of the network equipment is a network device as an example to describe the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as they can communicate according to the methods provided in the embodiments of the application, for example, the execution of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application
  • the main body can be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module that can execute a program in the terminal device or the network device.
  • various aspects or features of the embodiments of the present application may be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • Fig. 1 shows a communication system 100 to which an embodiment of the present application can be applied.
  • the communication system 100 may include one or more network devices 110 and one or more terminal devices 120 located within the coverage area of the network device 110.
  • Figure 1 exemplarily shows one network device and two terminal devices.
  • the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices. The embodiment does not limit this.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • Base sequence base sequence
  • ZC sequence ZC sequence
  • the sequence of the uplink reference signal (such as DMRS, SRS) is generated based on the base sequence. For example, if the base sequence of length M is r(m), the sequence generated by the base sequence can be:
  • A is a complex number
  • is a real number determined by a time-domain cyclic shift (also called a cyclic shift value in this article)
  • j Is an imaginary unit
  • exp represents an exponential function with e as the base.
  • the base sequence may be a sequence generated from the ZC sequence.
  • the base sequence may be the ZC sequence itself, or the base sequence may also be a sequence generated by the ZC sequence through cyclic shift expansion or interception.
  • a ZC sequence of length N is z q (n), which can be expressed in the following form:
  • N is an integer greater than 1
  • q is the root of the ZC sequence (also called root index or root index), a natural number that is relatively prime to N, and 0 ⁇ q ⁇ N.
  • the reference sequence generated from the base sequence is q
  • is a value determined according to the time domain cyclic shift, which is also called the cyclic shift value.
  • the terminal device can map the reference signal sequence of length M to M subcarriers in the order of subcarrier index from small to large (or from large to small), and then perform inverse Fourier on the frequency domain sequence Leaf transform (inverse fourier transform, IDFT) to obtain the corresponding time-domain sequence and send it to the network device.
  • inverse Fourier transform inverse fourier transform, IDFT
  • the uplink reference signal is the reference signal sent by the terminal equipment, for example, SRS, DMRS of the uplink control channel, discrete Fourier transform extended orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (discrete fourier transform-spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, DFT-s) -OFDM) DMRS of physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) under waveform.
  • the uplink reference signal can be used to obtain uplink channel state information, which can be used for demodulation and detection of uplink data.
  • uplink reference signals can also be used to obtain downlink channel state information.
  • the network device obtains downlink channel state information by measuring the SRS sequence sent by the terminal device.
  • the channel state information is used for precoding during downlink data transmission, determination of modulation and coding methods, and so on. Therefore, obtaining accurate channel state information based on the uplink reference signal is very important for the efficiency of uplink data transmission or downlink data transmission.
  • SRS uses a sequence generated from a ZC sequence.
  • the roots of the ZC sequences used by all terminal devices in a cell are the same, and the orthogonality of the SRS sequences of different terminal devices can be obtained through different cyclic shifts and frequency domain resources.
  • 3rd generation partnership project 3rd generation partnership project
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • 60 base sequences are defined respectively.
  • the 60 base sequences are generated from ZC sequences with the same length and different roots. Further, the 60 base sequences are divided into 30 sequence groups, and the base sequences of different sequence groups can be allocated to different cells.
  • the formula for determining root q currently defined by 3GPP is:
  • v 0 or 1
  • u 0,1,...,29.
  • u is the group serial number, representing 30 groups, and each group has two root serial numbers, which are determined by v. u and v are configured for terminal equipment by sending configuration information through network equipment.
  • the relationship between the root q of these 60 ZC sequences and the group number u of the base sequence can be shown in Table 1 below Show:
  • each terminal device that sends the same length of SRS sequence on the same time-frequency resource uses the same u and v, that is, the same cell sends the same length of SRS sequence on the same time-frequency resource
  • Each terminal device in the group uses the SRS sequence generated by the same base sequence in the group.
  • these terminal devices obtain the orthogonality between the SRS sequences by using different time-domain cyclic shifts.
  • two base sequences with the same length in the same group are used as hopping sequences, that is, at different moments, the base sequence used by a terminal device can be designed between the two base sequences in this group.
  • the pattern of hops, and the two base sequences in the group are used in turn, the purpose of which is to randomize inter-cell interference.
  • sequence hopping process at the same moment, all terminal devices in a cell that send the same length SRS sequence on the same time-frequency resource still use the same base sequence to generate the SRS sequence. Therefore, in the current system, there is only one available root for the SRS sequence of a cell on the same time-frequency resource.
  • the number of terminal devices in each cell is large (for example, 200), and the number of time-domain cyclic shifts that can obtain good orthogonality in the actual system and the number of available time-frequency domain resources are very limited. . Therefore, the current number of available SRS sequences in a cell is far from sufficient for the huge number of terminal devices. This leads to the need to allow different terminal devices to send SRS in turn in a time division manner, resulting in a larger SRS cycle (for example, 20 ms).
  • the channel has time-varying characteristics, and the large SRS period causes the channel state information obtained through SRS to be easily outdated. The channel state information during downlink data transmission is very different from the channel state information measured by the previous SRS, which seriously affects the system Performance.
  • an embodiment of the present application proposes a method for increasing the number X of base sequences with the same length in the sequence group.
  • the X base sequences with the same length are determined by the ZC sequences with different roots, X>1.
  • the X base sequences in the sequence group can be allocated to different terminal devices in a cell for determining reference signals.
  • the embodiments of the present application are beneficial to solve the problem of large interference between reference signal sequences determined by different base sequences when these different terminal devices transmit reference signals determined by the base sequences allocated to them on the same time-frequency resource. problem.
  • the method in the embodiments of the present application can be applied not only to uplink reference signal sequences, but also to downlink reference signal sequences.
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • LTE-V long term evolution-vehicle
  • vehicle-to-vehicle vehicle-to-vehicle
  • -to-vehicle, V2V machine type communication
  • IoT internet of things
  • LTE-M long term evolution-metro
  • machine-to-machine machine-to-machine to machine, M2M etc.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method 200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 200 can be applied to the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device obtains a reference signal sequence with a length of M, where M is an integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal device sends the reference signal sequence to the network device; correspondingly, the network device receives the reference signal sequence.
  • the foregoing method 200 further includes:
  • S230 The network device performs channel measurement according to the received reference signal sequence.
  • the terminal device sends a reference signal sequence x(m) of length M, and the network device receives a signal y(m) containing the reference signal sequence x(m),
  • h(m) is channel information and n(m) is noise.
  • the network device can generate the reference signal sequence x(m) locally, and then obtain the estimated value of the channel information h(m) through the following operations
  • x * (m) is the conjugate of x (m). estimated value It is the channel measurement value of the above-mentioned network equipment.
  • the aforementioned reference signal sequence is determined by the first base sequence of length M.
  • the first base sequence belongs to the first sequence group, and the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X.
  • the X base sequences have the same group index, and the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, where N is an integer greater than 1, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the X base sequences are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 ) mod N respectively.
  • q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1
  • V 1 is an integer
  • the range of the absolute value of V 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ]
  • K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are both integers, K 1 >1, K 4 ⁇ N-1.
  • N odd
  • N even
  • [A,B] represents a set of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B
  • a mod B represents A modulo B
  • the result is greater than or equal to zero and less than B Integer
  • represents the union.
  • first sequence group may include base sequences of different lengths.
  • the number of base sequences of length M is X.
  • the first sequence group may also include X 1 base sequences with a length of M 1 and X 2 base sequences with a length of M 2.
  • M, M 1 , and M 2 are not equal, and X, X 1 , X 2 can be equal or not equal.
  • the number of base sequences with a part length equal to 1, and the number of base sequences with another part length greater than 1.
  • the number of base sequences with a length of M 3 Is X 3 and the number of base sequences with length M 4 is X 4 , where X 3 is equal to 1, and X 4 is greater than 1.
  • the number of base sequences of each length is greater than 1, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the foregoing first sequence group may be allocated by the network device to the terminal device through terminal device specific signaling (such as dedicated (dedicated) radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling), or it may be Network equipment uses cell-level signaling (such as cell-specific RRC signaling, system information block (SIB) signaling, master information block (MIB) signaling, etc.)
  • the base sequence of a sequence group is allocated to a plurality of terminal devices served by the network device, thereby being allocated to the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this, and will not be repeated here.
  • the purpose of allocating the above-mentioned first sequence group to the terminal device is to allocate a group of base sequences to the terminal device, and the group of base sequences represents the potential base sequence used by the terminal device to determine the reference signal sequence.
  • the terminal device may further use other configuration information to determine which base sequence in the first sequence group the reference signal sequence sent at a certain moment is determined based on.
  • the terminal device acquiring the reference signal sequence of length M may be the terminal device generating the reference signal sequence according to the first base sequence and a predefined rule, or the terminal device may obtain the pre-generated reference signal sequence by looking up the table.
  • the application embodiment does not limit this.
  • the above-mentioned reference signal sequence is determined by the first base sequence of length M. It can be understood that the reference signal sequence may be generated from the first base sequence, or the reference signal sequence may be obtained by looking up the table according to the first base sequence of. In the same way, the above-mentioned first base sequence is determined by a ZC sequence of length N. It can be understood that the first base sequence may be generated from the ZC sequence, or the first base sequence may be a table lookup based on the ZC sequence. owned. The embodiments of this application do not limit this
  • the first base sequence is generated from the ZC sequence
  • the reference signal sequence is generated from the first base sequence
  • the terminal device may generate the reference signal sequence to be sent according to the base sequence (the first base sequence in this embodiment) among the aforementioned X base sequences according to predefined rules and/or other signaling configuration.
  • the terminal device can obtain the group index or the cell index, the sequence index of the first base sequence, or the index of the root of the ZC sequence generating the first base sequence, and the ZC generating the first base sequence can be obtained through the following predefined formula
  • u is determined according to the group index or cell index
  • v is determined according to the index of the root.
  • N is the length of the ZC sequence generating the first base sequence
  • the terminal device can use the root q 1 and the following formula to generate the first base sequence r(m) of length M:
  • the terminal equipment uses the first base sequence r(m) and ⁇ to obtain the reference signal sequence x(m):
  • A is a complex number
  • j is an imaginary unit
  • exp represents an exponential function with e as the base
  • is a real number determined according to the cyclic shift value
  • the cyclic shift value can be determined by the terminal device according to the configuration information of the network device, or Determined according to predefined rules.
  • the first sequence group allocated to the terminal device does not require the terminal device to store all X base sequences of the first sequence group according to the result of the allocation, but the terminal The device can generate the reference signal sequence to be sent according to the first base sequence among the X base sequences when needed according to predefined rules and/or other signaling configuration.
  • the first base sequence is obtained by looking up the table, and the reference signal sequence is generated from the first base sequence.
  • the terminal device can directly store all the base sequences in the first sequence group generated in advance, and the correspondence between the base sequences and the respective ZC sequences (or roots of the ZC sequences). After the terminal device has determined the M and ZC sequence (or the root of the ZC sequence), it can directly determine the first base sequence by looking up the table. Further, the terminal device can generate the reference signal sequence through the first base sequence according to the above formula, which will not be repeated here.
  • the reference signal sequence is obtained by looking up the table.
  • the terminal device can directly store multiple pre-generated reference signal sequences, and the correspondence between the reference signal sequence and the respective base sequence (or the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence, or the root of the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence), ⁇ relationship. After determining ⁇ and the first base sequence (or the ZC sequence corresponding to the first base sequence, or the root of the ZC sequence corresponding to the first base sequence), the terminal device can directly determine the reference signal sequence by looking up the table.
  • the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the X base sequences are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 ) mod N, which means that in the above X base sequences
  • two base sequences are arbitrarily selected, for example, the first base sequence and the second base sequence
  • q 1 represents the root of the first ZC sequence generating the first base sequence
  • (q 1 +V 1 ) mod N represents the second base sequence
  • the root of the second ZC sequence of the sequence using the above method to represent the roots of any two base sequences of ZC sequences, the absolute value of V 1 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 , K 4 ]. It should be noted that the first base sequence and the second base sequence do not specify the sequence of the sequence.
  • the ZC sequence corresponding to a base sequence refers to the ZC sequence that generates the base sequence.
  • the first base sequence corresponding to the first ZC sequence refers to the first ZC that generates the first base sequence. sequence.
  • the "correspondence" in this article refers to the relationship in which the ZC sequence generates the base sequence.
  • a base sequence is generated from a ZC sequence. That is, the above-mentioned X base sequences are generated from X length N ZC sequences, which means that the X base sequences are respectively generated from respective corresponding ZC sequences, and their respective corresponding ZC sequences are not the same. In other words, different base sequences are generated from ZC sequences with different roots.
  • the value range of the absolute value of V 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 >1, K 4 ⁇ N-1, when N is an odd number, When N is even, Not only can the interference power between the reference signal sequences generated based on any two base sequences in the same sequence group and any cyclic shift value be sufficiently low, for example, the sequence generated by the base sequences r 1 (m) and ⁇ 1 And the sequence generated by the base sequence r 2 (m) and ⁇ 2 The interference power is low enough, and it can make multiple reference signal sequences generated by the same base sequence and multiple cyclic shift values to generate the reference signal sequence generated by another base sequence and any cyclic shift value.
  • the total interference power is sufficiently low, for example, f reference signal sequences generated from the base sequence r 1 (m) and f different cyclic shift values ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 2 ,..., ⁇ f
  • the total interference power generated is small enough, where f is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the total interference here refers to the expected value or variance value or instantaneous value of the total interference power, which is not limited. In this way, different terminal devices in the same cell can use different base sequences in the sequence group corresponding to the cell to generate their respective reference signal sequences, and can send them on the same time-frequency resource.
  • a sequence group includes at least two base sequences of the same length
  • different terminal devices in the same cell can use at least two base sequences of the same length in the sequence group.
  • the sequence determines the reference signal sequence, and transmits the reference signal on the same time-frequency resource, so that the number of terminal devices that can transmit reference signals of the same length at the same frequency increases, and the number of reference signal sequences can be increased while ensuring the reference
  • the interference power between signal sequences is very low, which is beneficial to improve the accuracy of channel measurement by network equipment based on the reference signal.
  • N is an odd number
  • the absolute value range of V 1 in the embodiment of the present application does not include 1, And N-1. If N is an odd number, then the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the two base sequences in the first sequence group are q 1 and (q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1), the interference power between the two reference signal sequences generated by the two base sequences is very large. If the terminal device sends the reference signal sequence generated based on the above two base sequences on the same time-frequency resource, it will cause greater inter-sequence interference, which will cause serious distortion of the channel measurement result of the network device.
  • the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the two base sequences in the first sequence group are q 1 and (q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1), the interference power between the two reference signal sequences generated by the two base sequences is also very large, and will not be repeated here.
  • the value range of the absolute value of V 1 in the embodiment of the present application does not include 1, N-1. If If N is an even number, the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to two base sequences in the first sequence group are q 1 and (q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1), the interference power between the two reference signal sequences generated by the two base sequences is also very large, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first sequence group may be determined from Y sequence groups.
  • the Y sequence groups have different sequence group indexes or cell indexes.
  • the terminal device determines the first sequence group according to the group index or cell index indicated by the configuration information by receiving the configuration information, and then can determine a group of base sequences allocated to itself, and the group of base sequences may include base sequences of multiple lengths, Among them, the number of base sequences of length M is X.
  • the method 200 further includes:
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure the first sequence group.
  • the terminal device receives the configuration information, determines the first base sequence according to the configuration information, and determines the reference signal sequence according to the first base sequence.
  • the embodiment of the present application defines the second sequence group as a set of all base sequences having the same group index (or cell index). Therefore, the above-mentioned first sequence group is a set of all or part of the base sequences in the second sequence group.
  • the first sequence group is the set of all base sequences in the second sequence group.
  • the first sequence group is the second sequence group.
  • the configuration information may include first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first sequence group; the second indication information is used to indicate the first sequence group in the first sequence group.
  • Base sequence. The terminal device may receive the first indication information and the second indication information, and obtain a reference signal sequence of length M according to the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • first instruction information and the second instruction information may be sent through the same instruction or through different instructions, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • first indication information and/or the second indication information may be display configuration, for example, the first indication information indicates the group index of the first sequence group, and the second indication information indicates the base sequence index in the first sequence group; or The first indication information and/or the second indication information may also be implicitly obtained through the configuration of other information, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first sequence group is a collection of partial base sequences in the second sequence group.
  • the foregoing configuration information may include first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information.
  • the terminal device may obtain a reference signal sequence of length M according to the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information.
  • the terminal device can determine the final reference signal sequence according to the above three indication information in various ways. For example, the terminal device may determine the first sequence group through the first indication information and the third indication information, and then determine the first base sequence based on the above-mentioned first sequence group through the second indication information, thereby determining the reference according to the first base sequence Signal sequence.
  • the terminal device may determine the potential multiple base sequences in the second sequence group through the first indication information and the second indication information, and then determine based on the first base sequence among the multiple base sequences through the third indication information, thereby The reference signal sequence is determined according to the first base sequence.
  • the terminal device may also determine the first base sequence in other ways, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the terminal device may obtain the sequence group index or the cell index of the second sequence group according to the first indication information.
  • the second sequence group includes a sub-sequence group g 0 and a sub-sequence group g 1 , as shown in FIG. 3,
  • the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence of length M in the subsequence group g 0 are 0 , 0+V 1 , 0+2 ⁇ V 1
  • the subsequence group The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence of length M in g 1 are 1 , 1+V 1 , and 1+2 ⁇ V 1 respectively .
  • the third indication information is hopping sequence group indication information, and the terminal device may determine the first sequence group according to the third indication information.
  • the hopping sequence group indication information indicates that it is off, the first sequence group is the subsequence group g 0 ; when the hopping sequence group indication information indicates that it is on, the first sequence group is the subsequence group g n , where n belongs to the set ⁇ 0,1 ⁇ , and the value of n will change according to the time unit of the hopping sequence pattern (such as sub-frames, symbols, etc.), that is, at different moments, the first sequence group indicated by the third indication information is in the sub-sequence group g
  • the hopping between 0 and the sub-sequence group g 1 is performed according to the designed pattern, and the purpose is to randomize the interference between cells.
  • the first sequence group is the sub-sequence group g 0
  • the interference of this cell to other cells is the interference caused by the reference signal generated by the base sequence in the sub-sequence group g 0 to the signals of other cells.
  • the first sequence group is the sub-sequence group g 1
  • the interference of this cell to other cells is the interference caused by the reference signal generated by the base sequence in the sub-sequence group g 1 to the signals of other cells. Therefore, hopping
  • the sequence group method can randomize the interference caused by the reference signal of the cell to the signals of other cells.
  • the terminal equipment in the same cell that transmits the reference signal sequence of the same length on the same time-frequency resource still uses the reference signal sequence generated by the base sequence in the same subsequence group.
  • the terminal device may obtain a base sequence in the sub-sequence group by receiving the second indication information.
  • the second sequence group in this embodiment may or may not carry the index of the subsequence group.
  • the terminal device may obtain the sequence group index or the cell index of the second sequence group according to the first indication information, assuming that the second sequence group includes a sub-sequence group g 2 and a sub-sequence group g 3 .
  • the sub-sequence group g 2 is composed of base sequences that are already supported by the current standard (legacy).
  • M is greater than or equal to 60
  • the number of base sequences of length M is two, and these two base sequences are used for hopping sequences.
  • G 3 group sequence length M is the number of the base sequence of the X. As shown in FIG.
  • the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence of length M in the subsequence group g 2 are 0 and 1, respectively, and in the sub sequence group g 3
  • the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence of length M are 0, 0+V 1 , and 0+2 ⁇ V 1 respectively .
  • the third indication information is used to indicate which subsequence group to use, that is, the terminal device can determine the first sequence group according to the third indication information. For example, for terminal devices that cannot support the embodiments of the present application, such as release 15 (R15) and/or R16 terminal devices, the third indication information may indicate that such terminal devices adopt the sub-sequence group g 2 .
  • the third indication information may indicate that this type of terminal your device uses the sub-sequence group g 3 .
  • the foregoing two types of terminal devices can transmit reference signal sequences determined by the base sequences in the respective sequence groups on different time-frequency resources, without causing interference between each other.
  • Multiple terminal devices that can support the embodiments of the present application can transmit reference signal sequences determined by different base sequences in the first sequence group on the same time-frequency resource, and the interference between each other is relatively small. Therefore, the application embodiment can support more terminal devices to send reference signals at the same frequency at the same time, and ensure that the reference signal interference between the terminal devices is small enough to ensure the channel measurement accuracy of this type of terminal device by the network device.
  • the foregoing third indication information may use a separate field to display the configuration as a part of the reference signal resource configuration information; or, the third indication information may be bound to other information and be indicated in an implicit manner.
  • the base sequences included in the sub-sequence group g 0 and the sub-sequence group g 1 may be completely different or partly the same.
  • the base sequences included in the sub-sequence group g 2 and the sub-sequence group g 3 may be completely different or partly the same.
  • first instruction information, the second instruction information, and the third instruction information may be sent through the same instruction or through different instructions, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device can substitute the parameters configured in the configuration information (for example, group index or cell index, hopping sequence group indicator parameters, etc.) into the reference signal sequence generation formula to obtain the assigned A set of base sequences, or the reference signal sequence can be obtained.
  • the parameters configured in the configuration information for example, group index or cell index, hopping sequence group indicator parameters, etc.
  • the terminal device may obtain the root q of the ZC sequence corresponding to the first base sequence of the reference signal sequence through the following predefined formula:
  • u is determined according to the first indication information
  • f s is determined according to the third indication information
  • v is determined according to the second indication information
  • N is the length of the ZC sequence that generates the first base sequence
  • the terminal device can use the root q and the following formula to generate the first base sequence r(m) of length M:
  • the terminal equipment uses the first base sequence r(m) and ⁇ to obtain the reference signal sequence x(m):
  • the terminal device can obtain a set of base sequences allocated to itself according to the predefined table and the above configuration information.
  • a predefined table defines one or more base sequences included in each sequence group, and the terminal device can learn the X base sequences through configuration information.
  • a predefined table defines the roots of the ZC sequence that generates one or more base sequences of the sequence group included in each sequence group, and the terminal device can learn the ZC sequence that generates the X base sequences through configuration information The root.
  • the i-th base sequence r i (m) in the X base sequences of the above-mentioned first sequence group is a ZC sequence whose length is N and the root index is q i
  • the specific generating formula is:
  • the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups has a base sequence of length M
  • the number is X (y) , the X (y) base sequences of length M are determined by the ZC sequence of length N, X (y) is an integer greater than or equal to 2, the X (y)
  • the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two base sequences in a base sequence of length M are q′ and (q′+V′) mod N respectively, q′ is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V′ is an integer, And the value range of the absolute value of V'is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • each sequence group in the Y sequence groups includes at least two base sequences with a length of M, so that each cell corresponding to the Y sequence groups can simultaneously send terminals with the same length of reference signals
  • the number of devices is at least doubled. While increasing the number of reference signal sequences, it can ensure that the interference power between the reference signal sequences generated by any two base sequences of the same length in the same sequence group is very low. , The interference between reference signal sequences is much lower than that of the signal, which facilitates flexible network planning and improves the accuracy of channel measurement of network equipment based on reference signal sequences.
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
  • the absolute value of V′ belongs to the set
  • the absolute value of V'belongs to the set Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
  • the first threshold and the second threshold may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the foregoing first threshold may be determined by a network device, and the terminal device does not need to know the first threshold. In other words, the network device may determine the first threshold, and determine one or more values of the absolute value of V 1 and/or the absolute value of V′ according to the first threshold and N, and the network device may determine the absolute value of V 1 One or more values of the absolute value of V and/or the absolute value of V'are assigned to the terminal device, and the terminal device can be directly based on one or more of the absolute value of V 1 and/or the absolute value of V'sent by the network device. Take a value, determine the base sequence, and then determine the reference signal sequence and send it. The second threshold is the same and will not be repeated here.
  • the value of the first threshold and/or the second threshold may be any one of B 1 , B 2 or B 3 , where the relationship between B 1 , B 2 or B 3 and ⁇ satisfies the following table 2 At least one line in.
  • the absolute value of V 1 and/or the range of the absolute value of V' can be optimized for different ⁇ and different channel coherence bandwidths, so that under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when there are ⁇
  • the terminal device determines the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values, the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal sequence determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low .
  • the embodiment of the present application does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • the coherence bandwidth corresponding to B 1 , B 2 or B 3 is sequentially increased.
  • the network device may determine to use the above B 1 , B 2 or B 3 according to the coherent bandwidth.
  • the coherence bandwidth is about 3-5 resource blocks (resource block, RB), 6RB, 8RB or 10RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 1 ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 6RB Or 12RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 2 ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 12 RB or 24 RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 3 .
  • the network device may further combine the comb teeth and the coherent bandwidth to determine to use the foregoing B 1 , B 2 or B 3 .
  • the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 1 ; if The coherence bandwidth is about 6RB, and the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 2 ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 12 RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 3 .
  • the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 1 ; if the coherence bandwidth is about If it is 12RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 2 ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 24 RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 3 .
  • the set A ⁇ , ⁇ represents the set corresponding to the column ⁇ and the row ⁇ .
  • the absolute value range of V 1 can be optimized for different ⁇ and different channel coherence bandwidths, so that under the flatness of the frequency domain of different channels, when there are ⁇ terminal devices based on a sequence group
  • the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal sequence determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • the coherence bandwidths corresponding to A 1, ⁇ to A 4, ⁇ increase sequentially.
  • the network device can determine which set to use according to the coherent bandwidth.
  • the coherence bandwidth is about 3RB or 6RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 1, ⁇ ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 4RB or 8RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 2, ⁇ ;
  • the bandwidth is about 5RB or 10RB, and the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 3, ⁇ ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 6RB or 12RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 4, ⁇ .
  • the network device may further combine comb teeth and coherent bandwidth to determine which set to use.
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 1, ⁇ ; if the coherence bandwidth is about The absolute value of 4RB, V 1 belongs to A 2, ⁇ ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 5RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 3, ⁇ ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 6RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 4, ⁇ .
  • a 1, ⁇ to A 4, ⁇ can also correspond to other coherence bandwidths and/or other comb teeth, which will not be repeated here.
  • the value range of the absolute value of V 1 may be determined for at least one value of ⁇ and/or at least one value of ⁇ .
  • the absolute value of V 1 The value of can adopt any of the following schemes:
  • This scheme is suitable for optimizing only for a certain coherent bandwidth.
  • the inter-sequence interference power of the two reference signal sequences determined by the root q 1 and the root (q 1 +V 1 ) mod N is very low when the coherence bandwidth is 3RB and 4RB (or 6RB and 8RB).
  • the root q i of the ZC sequence of the i-th base sequence in the above X base sequences satisfies at least one of the following formulas:
  • u is an integer determined according to the group index or cell index of the first sequence group or the second sequence group.
  • c i is an integer determined according to V 1.
  • V 1 The characteristics of V 1 are:
  • V 1 is an integer
  • V 1 For different u, the value of V 1 can be the same or different
  • V 1 can be the same or different
  • V 1 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • N is an odd number, K 1 >1, K 4 ⁇ N-1; when N is an even number, K 1 >1, K 4 ⁇ N-1.
  • the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is greater than or equal to 2.
  • X 2 as an example for description.
  • the two base sequences of length M in the first sequence group be the first base sequence and the second base sequence, respectively, and the root of the first ZC sequence used to generate the first base sequence is q 1 , which is used to generate the first base sequence.
  • the value of can be divided into the following situations.
  • V 1 It may belong to the set A 1 shown in Table 4 below, and the corresponding relationship between A 1 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 4.
  • at least one of formulas (1) to (4) can be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 and q 2 , under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when ⁇ terminal devices determine the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values, The sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • channel coherence bandwidths for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • the absolute value of V 1 It may belong to the set A 2 shown in Table 5 below, and the corresponding relationship between A 2 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 5.
  • the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence may be determined according to formula (1).
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 and q 2 , under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when ⁇ terminal devices determine the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values, The sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • channel coherence bandwidths for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • the absolute value of V 1 It can belong to the set A 3 shown in the following table, and the corresponding relationship between A 3 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 6.
  • the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence may be determined according to formula (3).
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 and q 2 , under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when ⁇ terminal devices determine the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values, The sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • channel coherence bandwidths for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • V 1 It can belong to the set A 4 shown in Table 7 below, and the corresponding relationship between A 4 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 7.
  • at least one of formulas (1) to (4) can be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 and q 2 , under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when ⁇ terminal devices determine the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values, The sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • channel coherence bandwidths for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • V 1 It may belong to the set A 5 shown in Table 8 below, and the corresponding relationship between A 5 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 8.
  • formula (3) may be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 and q 2 , under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when ⁇ terminal devices determine the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values, The sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • channel coherence bandwidths for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • V 1 It can be equal to A 6 or A 7 , and the corresponding relationship between A 6 or A 7 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 9.
  • formula (3) may be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 and q 2 , under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when ⁇ terminal devices determine the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values, The sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ;
  • the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB.
  • Belongs to A 7 for other scenarios, Belongs to A 7 ; for other scenarios, It can belong to A 6 or A 7 .
  • a 6 and A 7 can also correspond to other coherence bandwidths and other ⁇ values, which will not be repeated here.
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 3
  • the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the three base sequences are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 )mod N and (q 2 +W 1 )mod N, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 2 ranges from [K 1 , K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • the three base sequences in this embodiment may include at least one of the two base sequences in the foregoing embodiment, or may be other sequences different from the foregoing two base sequences, that is, q 2 and q 1 may be equal , It may not be equal, V 2 and V 1 may be equal or not, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • c i is an integer determined according to V 2 .
  • W 1 may be determined according to V 2
  • V 2 may be determined according to W 1
  • V 2 and W 1 may be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other.
  • This application The embodiment also does not limit this.
  • V 2 The characteristics of V 2 are:
  • V 2 is an integer
  • V 2 can be the same or different
  • V 2 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • W 1 The characteristics of W 1 are:
  • W 1 is an integer
  • the value of W 1 can be the same or different
  • the number of base sequences with a length of M in the first sequence group is greater than or equal to 3.
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 3
  • the root of the first ZC sequence of the sequence is q 1
  • the root of the second ZC sequence used to generate the second base sequence is q 2
  • the root of the third ZC sequence used to generate the third base sequence is q 3
  • the absolute values of V 2 and W 1 can be divided into the following situations.
  • N and V 2 It may belong to the set A 8 or A 9 shown in Table 10 below, and the correspondence between the set A 8 or A 9 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 10.
  • a 50 The union of the above set A 8 and the set A 9 can be referred to as A 50 .
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 , q 2 and q 3 , it is possible to determine the reference signal based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values under the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are ⁇ terminal devices During the sequence, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • channel coherence bandwidths for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB.
  • a 8 and A 9 can also correspond to other ⁇ values, which will not be repeated here.
  • N and V 2 It may belong to the set A 10 or A 11 shown in Table 11 below, and the correspondence between the set A 10 or A 11 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 11.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 , q 2 and q 3 , it is possible to determine the reference signal based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values under the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are ⁇ terminal devices During the sequence, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • channel coherence bandwidths for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB.
  • a 10 and A 11 can also correspond to other ⁇ values, which will not be repeated here.
  • N and V 2 It may belong to the set A 12 or A 13 shown in Table 12 below, and the correspondence between the set A 12 or A 13 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 12.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 , q 2 and q 3 , it is possible to determine the reference signal based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values under the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are ⁇ terminal devices During the sequence, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherent bandwidth is 3RB; or, the comb tooth is At 4, the coherent bandwidth is 6RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • different channel coherence bandwidths for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherent bandwidth is 3RB; or, the comb tooth is At 4, the coherent bandwidth is 6RB.
  • N and V 2 It can be A 14 or A 15 , and the corresponding relationship between A 14 or A 15 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 13.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 , q 2 and q 3 , it is possible to determine the reference signal based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values under the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are ⁇ terminal devices During the sequence, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • channel coherence bandwidths for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB.
  • a 10 and A 11 can also correspond to other ⁇ values, which will not be repeated here.
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 4
  • the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the four base sequences are q 3 , (q 3 + V 3 )mod N, (q 3 +W 2 )mod N, and (q 3 +O 1 )mod N, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 3 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 3
  • the value range of is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ]
  • W 2 is an integer
  • the absolute value of W 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ]
  • O 1 is an integer
  • the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • the four base sequences in this embodiment may include at least one of the base sequences mentioned in the above-mentioned embodiments, or may be other sequences different from the above-mentioned base sequences, that is, q3 and q1 or q2 may be equal, It may also be unequal. V 3 and V 1 or V 2 may be equal or unequal. W 2 and W 1 may be equal or unequal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • c i is an integer determined according to V 3 .
  • W 2 may be determined based on V 3
  • V 3 may be determined based on W 2
  • V 3 and W 2 may be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other.
  • O 1 can be determined based on V 3
  • V 3 can be determined based on O 1
  • V 3 and O 1 can be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between them.
  • V 3 The characteristics of V 3 are:
  • V 3 is an integer
  • V 3 can be the same or different
  • V 3 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • W 2 is an integer
  • the value of W 2 can be the same or different
  • O 1 is characterized by:
  • O 1 is an integer
  • the value of O 1 can be the same or different
  • the number of base sequences with a length of M in the first sequence group is greater than or equal to 4.
  • the root of the first ZC sequence used to generate the first base sequence is q 1
  • the root of the second ZC sequence used to generate the second base sequence is q 2
  • the root of the third ZC sequence used to generate the third base sequence
  • the root is q 3
  • N and V 3 It may belong to the set A 16 , A 17 or A 18 shown in Table 14 below, and the correspondence between the set A 16 , A 17 or A 18 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 14.
  • at least one formula in formulas (1) to (4) can be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence, the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence, and the root q 2 of the third ZC sequence.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 , it can make the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when there are ⁇ terminal devices based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values
  • the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low.
  • this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • channel coherence bandwidths for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 16 ;
  • the coherence bandwidth is 3RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 6RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 17 ;
  • the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 18 .
  • a 16 , A 17 and A 18 can also correspond to other ⁇ values and other coherent bandwidths, which will not be repeated here.
  • N and V 3 It may belong to the set A 19 , A 20 or A 21 shown in Table 15 below, and the correspondence between the set A 19 , A 20 or A 21 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 15.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 , it can make the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when there are ⁇ terminal devices based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values
  • the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low.
  • this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • channel coherence bandwidths for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 19 ;
  • the coherence bandwidth is 3RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 6RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 20 ;
  • the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 21 .
  • a 19 , A 20 and A 21 can also correspond to other ⁇ values and other coherent bandwidths, which will not be repeated here.
  • N and V 3 It can be equal to the set A 22 , A 23 or A 24 , and the corresponding relationship between the set A 22 , A 23 or A 24 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 16.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 , it can make the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when there are ⁇ terminal devices based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cyclic shift values
  • the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low.
  • this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • ⁇ values for example, 1, 2, 4, 8
  • channel coherence bandwidths for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 22 ;
  • the coherence bandwidth is 3RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 6RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 23 ;
  • the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 24 .
  • a 22 , A 23 and A 24 can also correspond to other ⁇ values and other coherent bandwidths, which will not be repeated here.
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 5
  • the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the five base sequences are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 )mod N, (q 4 +W 3 )mod N, (q 4 +O 2 )mod N and (q 4 +P)mod N, where q 4 is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V 4 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], O 2 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], P is an integer, and The range of the absolute value of P is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • the five base sequences in this embodiment may include at least one of the base sequences already mentioned in the above-mentioned embodiment, or may be other sequences different from the above-mentioned base sequence, that is, q 4 and q 1 , q 2 Or q 3 can be equal or unequal, V 4 and V 1 , V 2 or V 3 can be equal or unequal, W 3 and W 1 or W 2 can be equal or unequal, O 2 and O 1 may be equal or unequal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • c i is an integer determined according to V 4 .
  • W 3 may be determined according to V 4
  • V 4 may be determined according to W 3
  • V 4 and W 3 may be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other.
  • O 2 can be determined based on V 4
  • V 4 can be determined based on O 2
  • V 4 and O 2 can be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other.
  • P can be determined based on V 4 , or V 4 can be determined based on P, or V 4 and P can be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between them.
  • V 4 The characteristics of V 4 are:
  • V 4 is an integer
  • V 4 can be the same or different
  • V 4 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • W 3 is an integer
  • the value of W 3 can be the same or different
  • O 2 The characteristics of O 2 are:
  • O 2 is an integer
  • the value of O 2 can be the same or different
  • the value of P can be the same or different
  • the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is greater than or equal to 5.
  • the root of the first ZC sequence used to generate the first base sequence is q 1
  • the root of the second ZC sequence used to generate the second base sequence is q 2
  • the root of the third base sequence The root of the third ZC sequence is q 3
  • the root of the fourth ZC sequence used to generate the fourth base sequence is q 4
  • the root of the fifth ZC sequence used to generate the fifth base sequence is q 5 , then
  • W 3 -V 4
  • O 2 (2 ⁇ V 4 ) mod N
  • P (-2 ⁇ V 4 ) mod N; or,
  • V 4 The absolute value of V 4 can be divided into the following situations.
  • the absolute values of N, V 4 , W 3 , O 2 , and P can belong to the following table 17
  • the sets A 25 and A 26 are shown .
  • N and V 4 It may belong to the set A 25 or A 26 shown in Table 17 below, and the correspondence between the set A 25 or A 26 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 17.
  • at least one formula in formulas (1) to (4) can be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence, the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence, and the root q 2 of the third ZC sequence. q. 3 root, root ZC sequence q 4 of the fourth and the fifth root ZC sequence q.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 , q 2 , q 3 , q 4, and q 5 , which can make the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are ⁇ terminal devices based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cycles
  • the reference signal sequence is determined by the shift value, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low.
  • this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB; or , When the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • the coherence bandwidth is 4RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 25 ;
  • the coherence bandwidth is 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 26 .
  • a 25 and A 26 can also correspond to other ⁇ values and other coherent bandwidths, which will not be repeated here.
  • N and V 4 It may belong to the set A 27 or A 28 shown in Table 18 below, and the correspondence between the set A 27 or A 28 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 18.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 , q 2 , q 3 , q 4, and q 5 , which can make the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are ⁇ terminal devices based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cycles
  • the reference signal sequence is determined by the shift value, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low.
  • this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB; or , When the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • the coherence bandwidth is 4RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 27 ;
  • the coherence bandwidth is 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 28 .
  • a 27 and A 28 can also correspond to other ⁇ values and other coherent bandwidths, which will not be repeated here.
  • N and V 4 It can be equal to the set A 29 or A 30 , and the corresponding relationship between the value of the set A 29 or A 30 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 19.
  • the design according to the above table To determine q 1 , q 2 , q 3 , q 4, and q 5 , which can make the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are ⁇ terminal devices based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and ⁇ different cycles
  • the reference signal sequence is determined by the shift value, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low.
  • this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
  • this embodiment can be applied to different ⁇ values (for example, 1, 2, 4) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB; or , When the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
  • the coherence bandwidth is 4RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 29 ;
  • the coherence bandwidth is 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4), Belongs to A 30 .
  • a 29 and A 30 can also correspond to other ⁇ values and other coherent bandwidths, which will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 5 shows an apparatus 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 500 may be a terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize its functions, for example, a chip or a chip system that can be used in the terminal device.
  • the device 500 includes a processing unit 510 and a sending unit 520.
  • the apparatus 500 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing unit 510 is configured to: obtain a reference signal sequence of length M, where M is an integer greater than 1;
  • the sending unit 520 is configured to send the reference signal sequence to a network device
  • the reference signal sequence is determined by a first base sequence of length M, the first base sequence belongs to a first sequence group, and the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X ,
  • the X base sequences have the same group index, the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, where N is an integer greater than 1, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the X basis sequences are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and V 1
  • the range of the absolute value of is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1, K 4 ⁇ N-1, when N is an odd number, When N is even, Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a set of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, and A mod B represents that A modulates B.
  • the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the number of base sequences with length M in the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups is X (y) , the X (y) base sequences of length M are determined by X (y) ZC sequences of length N, X (y) is an integer greater than or equal to 2, the X (y ) The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the base sequences of length M are q′ and (q′+V′) mod N, q′ is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V′ is an integer , And the value range of the absolute value of V'is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
  • N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
  • N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
  • the absolute value of V′ belongs to the set
  • the absolute value of V'belongs to the set Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 3
  • the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the three base sequences are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 ), respectively mod N and (q 2 +W 1 ) mod N, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 4
  • the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the four base sequences are q 3 , (q 3 +V 3 ) mod N, (q 3 +W 2 )mod N and (q 3 +O 1 )mod N, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 3 Is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of W 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 5
  • the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the five base sequences are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 ), respectively mod N, (q 4 +W 3 )mod N, (q 4 +O 2 )mod N, and (q 4 +P)mod N, where q 4 is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V 4 is an integer, And the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], O 2 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], P is an integer, and the absolute value of P The value range of is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • the device 500 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit.
  • the term "unit” here can refer to application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), electronic circuit, processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs (such as shared processor, proprietary processor or group Processor, etc.) and memory, merge logic circuits and/or other suitable components that support the described functions.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the apparatus 500 may be specifically the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, and the apparatus 500 may be used to execute each process and/or step corresponding to the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
  • FIG. 6 shows an apparatus 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 600 may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to realize its functions, for example, a chip or a chip system that can be used in the network device.
  • the device 600 includes a sending unit 610 and a receiving unit 620.
  • the sending unit 610 is configured to send configuration information to a terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure a first sequence group, the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X, and the X base sequences Sequences have the same group index, the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences, N is an integer greater than 1, X is an integer greater than or equal to 2, any two base sequences in the X base sequences
  • the roots of the corresponding ZC sequence are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N respectively, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 1 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1, K 4 ⁇ N-1, when N is an odd number, When N is even, Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a set of integers greater than
  • the receiving unit 620 is configured to receive a reference signal sequence, the reference signal sequence is determined by a first base sequence, and the first base sequence belongs to the first sequence group.
  • the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the number of base sequences with length M in the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups is X (y) , the X (y) base sequences of length M are determined by X (y) ZC sequences of length N, X (y) is an integer greater than or equal to 2, the X (y ) The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the base sequences of length M are q′ and (q′+V′) mod N, q′ is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V′ is an integer , And the value range of the absolute value of V'is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
  • N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
  • N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold
  • the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
  • the absolute value of V′ belongs to the set
  • the absolute value of V'belongs to the set Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 3
  • the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the three base sequences are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 ), respectively mod N and (q 2 +W 1 ) mod N, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 4
  • the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the four base sequences are q 3 , (q 3 +V 3 ) mod N, (q 3 +W 2 )mod N and (q 3 +O 1 )mod N, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 3 Is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of W 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • X is an integer greater than or equal to 5
  • the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the five base sequences are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 ), respectively mod N, (q 4 +W 3 )mod N, (q 4 +O 2 )mod N, and (q 4 +P)mod N, where q 4 is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V 4 is an integer, And the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], O 2 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], P is an integer, and the absolute value of P The value range of is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ].
  • the device 600 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit.
  • the term "unit” here can refer to application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), electronic circuit, processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs (such as shared processor, proprietary processor or group Processor, etc.) and memory, merge logic circuits and/or other suitable components that support the described functions.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the apparatus 500 may be specifically the network device in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the apparatus 600 may be used to execute each process and/or step corresponding to the network device in the above-mentioned method embodiment. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
  • the apparatus 500 and the apparatus 600 of the above solutions respectively have the functions of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the terminal equipment and the network equipment in the above methods; the functions can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions; for example, the sending unit and the receiving unit can be replaced by a communication interface, and other units, such as a processing unit, can be replaced by a processor to execute the respective method embodiments. Send and receive operations and related processing operations.
  • the communication interface may be a circuit, module, bus, bus interface, transceiver, and other devices that can implement communication functions.
  • the devices in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 may also be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (system on chip, SoC).
  • the receiving unit and the sending unit may be the transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited here.
  • FIG. 7 shows another apparatus 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 700 includes a processor 710 and a communication interface 720.
  • the device 700 may further include a memory 750.
  • the memory 750 may be included in the processor 710.
  • the processor 710, the communication interface 720, and the memory 750 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, the memory 750 is used to store instructions, and the processor 710 is used to execute instructions stored in the memory 750 to implement the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the apparatus 700 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 710 is configured to: obtain a reference signal sequence of length M, where M is an integer greater than 1, and send the reference signal sequence to the network device through the communication interface 720; wherein, the reference signal sequence is composed of a length of M
  • the first base sequence is determined by the first base sequence, the first base sequence belongs to a first sequence group, the number of base sequences with a length of M in the first sequence group is X, and the X base sequences have the same group index ,
  • the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, N is an integer greater than 1, X is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and any two base sequences in the X base sequences correspond to
  • the roots of the ZC sequence are respectively q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 1 ranges from [K 1 , K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 ,
  • the apparatus 700 is used to execute each process and step corresponding to the network device in the method provided in the embodiment of this application.
  • the processor 710 is configured to send configuration information to the terminal device through the communication interface 720, the configuration information is used to configure a first sequence group, and the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X,
  • the X base sequences have the same group index, and the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences with a length of N, where N is an integer greater than 1, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the base sequences are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the value of V 1
  • the absolute value range is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ⁇ [K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1, K 4 ⁇ N-1, when N is an odd number, When N is even, Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a collection of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, A mod B represents A modulo B; the reference signal sequence is received through the communication interface 720, The reference signal sequence is determined by a first base sequence, and the first base sequence belongs to the first sequence group.
  • the apparatus 700 may be specifically a terminal device or a network device in the foregoing embodiment, and may be used to execute various steps and/or processes corresponding to the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 750 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor. A part of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store device type information.
  • the processor 710 may be configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 710 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 710 is configured to execute the steps and/or steps of the above-mentioned method embodiment corresponding to the terminal device or the network device. Or process.
  • the processor of the above-mentioned device may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), or application-specific integrated circuits. (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the above method can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software units in the processor.
  • the software unit may be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor executes the instructions in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • And/or describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects are in an “or” relationship.
  • "The following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or plural items (a).
  • At least one item (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c or a-b-c, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may also be electrical, mechanical or other forms of connection.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, SSD).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and apparatus, being able to increase the number of roots used within each cell, and reduce the interference from different terminal devices of the same cell when sending a reference signal sequence. Said method can be applied to a communication system, such as, V2X, LTE-V, V2V, MTC, IoT, LTE-M, M2M, etc. Said method comprises: acquiring a reference signal sequence having a length of M, and sending the reference signal sequence to a network device. The reference signal sequence is determined by a first base sequence having a length of M and belonging to a first sequence set, and the number of base sequences having a length of M in the first sequence set is X. The X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences having a length of N. The roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to any two base sequences are respectively q1 and (q1+V1)mod N, q1 being an integer from 1 to N-1, and V1 being an integer. When N is an odd number, the value range of an absolute value of V1 does not include 1, (I), (II) and N-1. When N is an even number, the value range of an absolute value of V1 does not include 1, (1) and N-1.

Description

通信方法和装置Communication method and device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,特别涉及通信领域中的通信方法和装置。This application relates to the field of communications, in particular to communication methods and devices in the field of communications.
背景技术Background technique
长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)以及新无线(new radio,NR)等系统中,上行参考信号,例如上行解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)和上行探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)和随机接入前导序列信号的序列都是根据基序列(base sequence)生成的。其中,基序列可以是根据ZC(Zadoff-Chu)序列生成的,例如,基序列可以是ZC序列本身,或者,基序列可以是ZC序列通过循环扩充或者截取生成的序列。在一种可能的设计中,长度为N的ZC序列可以表示为:z q(n),n=0,1,...,N-1,则由该ZC序列生成的长度为M的序列可以表示为:z q(m mod N),m=0,1,...,M-1。其中,长度为N的ZC序列具体可以表示为如下形式: In systems such as long term evolution (LTE) and new radio (NR), uplink reference signals, such as uplink demodulation reference signal (DMRS) and uplink sounding reference signal (SRS) ) And the sequence of the random access preamble signal are both generated based on the base sequence. The base sequence may be generated according to the ZC (Zadoff-Chu) sequence. For example, the base sequence may be the ZC sequence itself, or the base sequence may be a sequence generated by the ZC sequence through cyclic expansion or interception. In a possible design, a ZC sequence of length N can be expressed as: z q (n),n=0,1,...,N-1, then a sequence of length M generated from the ZC sequence It can be expressed as: z q (m mod N), m=0,1,...,M-1. Among them, the ZC sequence of length N can be expressed in the following form:
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000001
其中,N为ZC序列的长度,是大于1的整数;q是ZC序列的根,是与N互质的自然数,且0<q<N。本文定义由以ZC序列为基序列生成的参考序列为
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000002
其中q为ZC序列的根,α为由时域循环移位确定的值。
Among them, N is the length of the ZC sequence, which is an integer greater than 1; q is the root of the ZC sequence, which is a natural number that is relatively prime to N, and 0<q<N. This article defines the reference sequence generated from the ZC sequence as the base sequence as
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000002
Where q is the root of the ZC sequence, and α is the value determined by the time domain cyclic shift.
以上行探测参考信号为SRS为例,终端设备在发送SRS之前,需要根据基序列确定出SRS序列。第三代伙伴计划(the 3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准中,给定了多种SRS序列的长度M,并且针对大于或等于72的M取值,分别定义了60个基序列,这60个基序列是由长度相同、根不同的ZC序列生成的。进一步地,这60个基序列被分为30个序列组,不同序列组的基序列可以分配给不同的小区。以M=72为例,生成30组基序列的是长度为71的ZC序列,这些ZC序列的根与基序列的组号之间的关系可以如下表一所示:As an example, the upstream sounding reference signal is SRS, and the terminal device needs to determine the SRS sequence according to the base sequence before sending the SRS. In the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) standard, the length M of a variety of SRS sequences is given, and for the value of M greater than or equal to 72, 60 base sequences are defined respectively. These 60 The base sequence is generated from ZC sequences with the same length and different roots. Further, the 60 base sequences are divided into 30 sequence groups, and the base sequences of different sequence groups can be allocated to different cells. Taking M=72 as an example, what generates 30 groups of base sequences is a ZC sequence of length 71. The relationship between the roots of these ZC sequences and the group numbers of the base sequences can be shown in Table 1:
表一Table I
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000003
当基序列的长度大于60时,每个小区可以给终端设备分配2个相同长度的基序列用 以生成最终发送的SRS序列。一个小区内,在相同时频资源上发送相同长度的SRS序列的各终端设备,使用的是该组内的同一个基序列生成的SRS序列。在用同一个基序列生成SRS序列时,这些终端设备通过采用不同的时域循环移位和/或时频域资源获得SRS序列之间的正交性的。实际系统中,同一组的两个长度相同的基序列是用来做跳序列使用的,即不同的时刻,一个终端设备采用的基序列可以在这一组内的2个基序列之间按照设计的图样进行跳变,其目的在于小区间干扰随机化。在跳序列过程中,在相同的时频资源上,一个小区内的所有发送相同长度SRS序列的终端设备仍然使用相同的基序列生成SRS序列。因此,在当前系统里,在相同的时频资源上,一个小区的SRS序列可用的根只有1个。但是,每个小区内的终端设备个数很多(例如200个),能够在实际系统中获得较好正交性的时域循环移位的个数和可用的时频域资源的个数很有限。When the length of the base sequence is greater than 60, each cell can allocate two base sequences of the same length to the terminal equipment to generate the final transmitted SRS sequence. In a cell, each terminal device that transmits an SRS sequence of the same length on the same time-frequency resource uses the SRS sequence generated by the same base sequence in the group. When the same base sequence is used to generate the SRS sequence, these terminal devices obtain orthogonality between the SRS sequences by using different time-domain cyclic shifts and/or time-frequency domain resources. In the actual system, two base sequences with the same length in the same group are used as hopping sequences, that is, at different moments, the base sequence used by a terminal device can be designed between the two base sequences in this group. The pattern of is hopping, and its purpose is to randomize inter-cell interference. In the sequence hopping process, on the same time-frequency resource, all terminal devices in a cell that send the same length SRS sequence still use the same base sequence to generate the SRS sequence. Therefore, in the current system, on the same time-frequency resource, there is only one available root for the SRS sequence of a cell. However, the number of terminal devices in each cell is large (for example, 200), and the number of time-domain cyclic shifts that can obtain good orthogonality in the actual system and the number of available time-frequency domain resources are very limited. .
因此,目前的一个小区内的可用SRS序列个数远不能满足庞大的终端设备个数。这导致需要通过时分的方式让不同的终端设备轮番发送SRS,导致了较大的SRS周期(例如20ms)。但是,信道具有时变特性,较大的SRS周期导致通过SRS获得的信道状态信息很容易过时,下行数据传输时的信道状态信息与之前根据SRS测量到的信道状态信息相差很大,严重影响系统的性能。Therefore, the current number of available SRS sequences in a cell is far from sufficient for the huge number of terminal devices. This leads to the need to allow different terminal devices to send SRS in turn in a time division manner, resulting in a larger SRS cycle (for example, 20 ms). However, the channel has time-varying characteristics, and the large SRS period causes the channel state information obtained through SRS to be easily outdated. The channel state information during downlink data transmission is very different from the channel state information measured by the previous SRS, which seriously affects the system Performance.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法和装置,能够在增加每个小区内使用的根的个数的基础之上,降低同一小区的不同终端设备在发送SRS序列时的干扰,提高系统性能。The present application provides a communication method and device that can reduce the interference of different terminal devices in the same cell when transmitting SRS sequences on the basis of increasing the number of roots used in each cell, and improve system performance.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:获取长度为M的参考信号序列,M为大于1的整数;向网络设备发送所述参考信号序列;其中,所述参考信号序列是由长度为M的第一基序列确定的,所述第一基序列属于第一序列组,所述第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X,所述X个基序列具有相同的组索引,所述X个基序列是由X个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,N为大于1的整数,X为大于或等于2的整数,所述X个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+V 1)mod N,q 1为1到N-1的整数,V 1为整数,且V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1、K 2、K 3和K 4均为整数,K 1>1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000004
K 4<N-1,当N为奇数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000005
当N为偶数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000006
表示小于或等于A的最大整数,[A,B]表示由大于或等于A且小于或等于B的整数组成的集合,A mod B表示A对B取模。
In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, including: obtaining a reference signal sequence of length M, where M is an integer greater than 1, sending the reference signal sequence to a network device; wherein, the reference signal sequence is composed of The first base sequence of M is determined, the first base sequence belongs to the first sequence group, the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X, and the X base sequences have the same group Index, the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, N is an integer greater than 1, X is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and any two base sequences in the X base sequences correspond to The roots of the ZC sequence of are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 1 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000004
K 4 <N-1, when N is an odd number,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000005
When N is even,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000006
Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a set of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, and A mod B represents that A modulates B.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法,在一个序列组中包括至少两个相同长度的基序列的情况下,同一个小区内的不同终端设备可以使用该序列组中的至少两个相同长度的基序列确定参考信号序列,并在相同的时频资源上发送该参考信号序列,使得该序列组对应的小区中,能够同时同频发送相同长度的参考信号的终端设备的个数增加,在增加参考信号序列个数的同时可以保证参考信号序列之间的干扰功率很低,有利于提高网络设备基于参考信号进行信道测量的准确性。In the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application, when a sequence group includes at least two base sequences of the same length, different terminal devices in the same cell can use at least two base sequences of the same length in the sequence group. Determine the reference signal sequence, and send the reference signal sequence on the same time-frequency resource, so that in the cell corresponding to the sequence group, the number of terminal devices that can simultaneously send reference signals of the same length at the same frequency increases, increasing the number of reference signals The number of sequences can also ensure that the interference power between the reference signal sequences is very low, which is beneficial to improve the accuracy of channel measurement by the network equipment based on the reference signal.
在本申请实施例中,V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1>1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000007
K 4<N-1,当N为奇数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000008
当N为偶数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000009
不但能够使得基 于同一序列组中的任意两个基序列和任意循环移位值生成的参考信号序列之间的干扰功率足够低,例如,由基序列r 1(m)和α 1生成的序列
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000010
与由基序列r 2(m)和α 2生成的序列
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000011
之间的干扰功率足够低,而且能够使得由同一个基序列和多个循环移位值生成的多个参考信号序列,对由另一个基序列和任意循环移位值生成的参考信号序列产生的总干扰功率足够低,例如,由基序列r 1(m)和f个不同的循环移位值α 12,...,α f,生成的f个参考信号序列
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000012
对由基序列r 2(m)和循环移位值α生成的参考信号序列
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000013
产生的总干扰功率的足够小,其中,f为大于等于1的正整数。可选的,这里的总干扰指的是总干扰功率的期望值或方差值或瞬时值,不做限定。这样,同一小区中的不同终端设备可以采用与该小区对应的序列组中的不同基序列生成各自的参考信号序列,并可以在相同的时频资源上发送。
In the embodiment of this application, the value range of the absolute value of V 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 >1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000007
K 4 <N-1, when N is an odd number,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000008
When N is even,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000009
Not only can the interference power between the reference signal sequences generated based on any two base sequences in the same sequence group and any cyclic shift value be sufficiently low, for example, the sequence generated by the base sequences r 1 (m) and α 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000010
And the sequence generated by the base sequence r 2 (m) and α 2
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000011
The interference power is low enough, and it can make multiple reference signal sequences generated by the same base sequence and multiple cyclic shift values to generate the reference signal sequence generated by another base sequence and any cyclic shift value. The total interference power is sufficiently low, for example, f reference signal sequences generated from the base sequence r 1 (m) and f different cyclic shift values α 1 , α 2 ,..., α f
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000012
For the reference signal sequence generated by the base sequence r 2 (m) and the cyclic shift value α
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000013
The total interference power generated is small enough, where f is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. Optionally, the total interference here refers to the expected value or variance value or instantaneous value of the total interference power, which is not limited. In this way, different terminal devices in the same cell can use different base sequences in the sequence group corresponding to the cell to generate their respective reference signal sequences, and can send them on the same time-frequency resource.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在终端设备获取长度为M的参考信号序列之前,所述方法还包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的配置信息,并根据该配置信息确定第一基序列,根据该第一基序列确定所述参考信号序列。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, before the terminal device acquires the reference signal sequence of length M, the method further includes: the terminal device receives configuration information sent by the network device, and according to the configuration information The first base sequence is determined, and the reference signal sequence is determined according to the first base sequence.
本申请实施例定义第二序列组为具有相同组索引(或者小区索引)的所有基序列组成的集合,因此,上述第一序列组为第二序列组中全部或者部分基序列的集合。The embodiment of the present application defines the second sequence group as a set of all base sequences having the same group index (or cell index). Therefore, the above-mentioned first sequence group is a set of all or part of the base sequences in the second sequence group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一序列组为第二序列组中全部基序列的集合,在这种情况下,第一序列组就是第二序列组。示例性地,上述配置信息可以包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示上述第一序列组;该第二指示信息用于指示上述第一序列组中的第一基序列。该终端设备可以接收第一指示信息和第二指示信息,根据第一指示信息和第二指示信息,获取长度为M的参考信号序列。In a possible design, the first sequence group is the set of all base sequences in the second sequence group. In this case, the first sequence group is the second sequence group. Exemplarily, the configuration information may include first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first sequence group; the second indication information is used to indicate the first sequence group in the first sequence group. Base sequence. The terminal device may receive the first indication information and the second indication information, and obtain a reference signal sequence of length M according to the first indication information and the second indication information.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一序列组为第二序列组中部分基序列的集合。在这种情况下,示例性地,上述配置信息可以包括第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息。该终端设备可以根据第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息,获取长度为M的参考信号序列。该终端设备可以通过多种方式,根据上述三个指示信息来确定最终的参考信号序列。例如,终端设备可以通过第一指示信息和第三指示信息确定第一序列组,再通过第二指示信息确定基于上述第一序列组中的第一基序列,从而根据该第一基序列确定参考信号序列。又例如,终端设备可以通过第一指示信息和第二指示信息确定第二序列组中潜在的多个基序列,然后通过第三指示信息确定基于上述多个基序列中的第一基序列,从而根据该第一基序列确定参考信号序列。终端设备还可以通过其他方式确定第一基序列,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In another possible design, the first sequence group is a collection of partial base sequences in the second sequence group. In this case, exemplarily, the foregoing configuration information may include first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information. The terminal device may obtain a reference signal sequence of length M according to the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information. The terminal device can determine the final reference signal sequence according to the above three indication information in various ways. For example, the terminal device may determine the first sequence group through the first indication information and the third indication information, and then determine the first base sequence based on the above-mentioned first sequence group through the second indication information, thereby determining the reference according to the first base sequence Signal sequence. For another example, the terminal device may determine the potential multiple base sequences in the second sequence group through the first indication information and the second indication information, and then determine based on the first base sequence among the multiple base sequences through the third indication information, thereby The reference signal sequence is determined according to the first base sequence. The terminal device may also determine the first base sequence in other ways, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一序列组属于Y个序列组,Y为大于或等于2的整数;所述Y个序列组中的第y个序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X (y),所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列是由X (y)个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,X (y)为大于或等于2的整数,所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q′和(q′+V′)mod N,q′为1到N-1的整数,V′为整数,且V′的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups The number of base sequences with length M is X (y) , and the X (y) base sequences with length M are determined by X (y) ZC sequences with length N, and X (y) is An integer greater than or equal to 2, the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the base sequences of length M in the X (y) base sequences are q′ and (q′+V′) mod N, q′ is An integer from 1 to N-1, V'is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V'is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
在本实施例中,Y个序列组中的每个序列组都包括至少两个长度为M的基序列,使得该Y个序列组对应的每个小区中能够同时发送相同长度的参考信号的终端设备的个数至少变为原来的2倍,在增加参考信号序列个数的同时可以保证由同一个序列组中的任意两个相同长度的基序列生成的参考信号序列之间的干扰功率很低,使得参考信号序列间的 干扰相比于信号低很多,有利于灵活的网络规划,提高网络设备基于参考信号序列的信道测量精确度。In this embodiment, each sequence group in the Y sequence groups includes at least two base sequences with a length of M, so that each cell corresponding to the Y sequence groups can simultaneously send terminals with the same length of reference signals The number of devices is at least doubled. While increasing the number of reference signal sequences, it can ensure that the interference power between the reference signal sequences generated by any two base sequences of the same length in the same sequence group is very low. , The interference between reference signal sequences is much lower than that of the signal, which is conducive to flexible network planning and improves the accuracy of channel measurement of network equipment based on reference signal sequences.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的奇数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000014
或者,当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000015
表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000014
Or, when N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000015
Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的奇数时,V′的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000016
或者,当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V′的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000017
表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V′ belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000016
Or, when N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V'belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000017
Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
第一阈值和第二阈值可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不作限定。应理解,上述第一阈值可以是网络设备确定的,终端设备并不需要知道第一阈值。换句话说,网络设备可以确定第一阈值,并根据该第一阈值以及N,确定V 1的绝对值和/或V′的绝对值的一个或多个取值,该网络设备可以将V 1的绝对值和/或V′的绝对值的一个或多个取值分配给终端设备,该终端设备可以直接根据网络设备发送的V 1的绝对值和/或V′的绝对值的一个或多个取值,确定基序列,进而确定参考信号序列并发送。第二阈值同理,此处不再赘述。 The first threshold and the second threshold may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the foregoing first threshold may be determined by a network device, and the terminal device does not need to know the first threshold. In other words, the network device may determine the first threshold, and determine one or more values of the absolute value of V 1 and/or the absolute value of V′ according to the first threshold and N, and the network device may determine the absolute value of V 1 One or more values of the absolute value of V and/or the absolute value of V'are assigned to the terminal device, and the terminal device can be directly based on one or more of the absolute value of V 1 and/or the absolute value of V'sent by the network device. Take a value, determine the base sequence, and then determine the reference signal sequence and send it. The second threshold is the same and will not be repeated here.
可选地,可以针对不同的β和不同的信道相干带宽,对V 1的绝对值和/或V′的绝对值的取值范围进行优化,使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号序列的干扰功率很低。同时,本申请实施例不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。 Optionally, the absolute value of V 1 and/or the range of the absolute value of V'can be optimized for different β and different channel coherence bandwidths, so that under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when there is When β terminal devices determine reference signal sequences based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values, the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal sequence determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group Very low. At the same time, the embodiment of the present application does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,X为大于或等于3的整数,所述X个基序列中包括三个基序列,所述三个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 2、(q 2+V 2)mod N和(q 2+W 1)mod N,其中,q 2为1到N-1的整数,V 2为整数,且V 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 1为整数,且W 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, X is an integer greater than or equal to 3, the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the three base sequences They are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 ) mod N and (q 2 + W 1 ) mod N respectively, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 2 is The value range is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the value range of the absolute value of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
应理解,本实施例中的三个基序列可以包括上述实施例中的两个基序列中的至少一个,也可以是不同于上述两个基序列的其他序列,即q 2与q 1可以相等,也可以不相等,V 2与V 1可以相等,也可以不相等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。 It should be understood that the three base sequences in this embodiment may include at least one of the two base sequences in the foregoing embodiment, or may be other sequences different from the foregoing two base sequences, that is, q 2 and q 1 may be equal , It may not be equal, V 2 and V 1 may be equal or not, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在该实施例中,W 1可以是根据V 2确定的,或者V 2可以是根据W 1确定的,或者V 2和W 1可以是独立设计的值,彼此没有明确的直接确定关系,本申请实施例对此也不作限定。 In this embodiment, W 1 may be determined according to V 2 , or V 2 may be determined according to W 1 , or V 2 and W 1 may be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other. This application The embodiment also does not limit this.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,V 2和W 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 1=-V 2,或W 1=(2×V 2)mod N。 With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the relationship between V 2 and W 1 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 1 =-V 2 , or W 1 =(2×V 2 )mod N .
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,X为大于或等于4的整数,所述X个基序列包括四个基序列,所述四个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 3、(q 3+V 3)mod N、(q 3+W 2)mod N和(q 3+O 1)mod N,其中,q 3为1到N-1的整数,V 3为整数,且V 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 2为整数,且W 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 1为整数,且O 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, X is an integer greater than or equal to 4, the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the four base sequences are respectively Is q 3 , (q 3 +V 3 ) mod N, (q 3 +W 2 ) mod N, and (q 3 +O 1 ) mod N, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V 3 is Integer, and the value range of the absolute value of V 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the value range of the absolute value of W 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
应理解,本实施例中的四个基序列可以包括上述实施例中已经提及的基序列中的至少一个,也可以是不同与上述基序列的其他序列,即q 3与q 1或q 2可以相等,也可以不相等,V 3与V 1或V 2可以相等,也可以不相等,W 2与W 1可以相等,也可以不相等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。 It should be understood that the four base sequences in this embodiment may include at least one of the base sequences mentioned in the above-mentioned embodiments, or may be other sequences different from the above-mentioned base sequences, that is, q 3 and q 1 or q 2 It can be equal or unequal. V 3 and V 1 or V 2 can be equal or unequal. W 2 and W 1 can be equal or unequal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
在该实施例中,W 2可以是根据V 3确定的,或者V 3可以是根据W 2确定的,或者V 3和W 2可以是独立设计的值,彼此没有明确的直接确定关系,本申请实施例对此也不作限定。同理,O 1可以是根据V 3确定的,或者V 3可以是根据O 1确定的,或者V 3和O 1可以是独立设计的值,彼此没有明确的直接确定关系。 In this embodiment, W 2 may be determined based on V 3 , or V 3 may be determined based on W 2 , or V 3 and W 2 may be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other. This application The embodiment also does not limit this. Similarly, O 1 can be determined based on V 3 , or V 3 can be determined based on O 1 , or V 3 and O 1 can be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between them.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,V 3和W 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 2=-V 3,或W 2=(2×V 3)mod N;或者,V 3和O 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:O 1=(2×V 3)mod N,或O 1=(3×V 3)mod N。 With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the relationship between V 3 and W 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 2 =-V 3 , or W 2 =(2×V 3 )mod N Or, the relationship between V 3 and O 1 satisfies any one of the following formulas: O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N, or O 1 =(3×V 3 ) mod N.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,X为大于或等于5的整数,所述X个基序列中包括五个基序列,所述五个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 4、(q 4+V 4)mod N、(q 4+W 3)mod N、(q 4+O 2)mod N和(q 4+P)mod N,其中,q 4为1到N-1的整数,V 4为整数,且V 4的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 3为整数,且W 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 2为整数,且O 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],P为整数,且P的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, X is an integer greater than or equal to 5, the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the five base sequences correspond to the roots of the ZC sequence They are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 )mod N, (q 4 +W 3 )mod N, (q 4 +O 2 )mod N and (q 4 +P)mod N, where q 4 is 1. An integer to N-1, V 4 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 3 is an integer, and the absolute value of W 3 The value range of is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of O 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], P is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of P is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
应理解,本实施例中的五个基序列可以包括上述实施例中已经提及的基序列中的至少一个,也可以是不同与上述基序列的其他序列,即q 4与q 1、q 2或q 3可以相等,也可以不相等,V 4与V 1、V 2或V 3可以相等,也可以不相等,W 3与W 1或W 2可以相等,也可以不相等,O 2与O 1可以相等,也可以不相等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。 It should be understood that the five base sequences in this embodiment may include at least one of the base sequences already mentioned in the above-mentioned embodiment, or may be other sequences different from the above-mentioned base sequence, that is, q 4 and q 1 , q 2 Or q 3 can be equal or unequal, V 4 and V 1 , V 2 or V 3 can be equal or unequal, W 3 and W 1 or W 2 can be equal or unequal, O 2 and O 1 may be equal or unequal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在该实施例中,W 3可以是根据V 4确定的,或者V 4可以是根据W 3确定的,或者V 4和W 3可以是独立设计的值,彼此没有明确的直接确定关系,本申请实施例对此也不作限定。同理,O 2可以是根据V 4确定的,或者V 4可以是根据O 2确定的,或者V 4和O 2可以是独立设计的值,彼此没有明确的直接确定关系。同理,P可以是根据V 4确定的,或者V 4可以是根据P确定的,或者V 4和P可以是独立设计的值,彼此没有明确的直接确定关系。 In this embodiment, W 3 may be determined according to V 4 , or V 4 may be determined according to W 3 , or V 4 and W 3 may be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other. This application The embodiment also does not limit this. Similarly, O 2 can be determined based on V 4 , or V 4 can be determined based on O 2 , or V 4 and O 2 can be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other. Similarly, P can be determined based on V 4 , or V 4 can be determined based on P, or V 4 and P can be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between them.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,V 4和W 3的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 3=-V 4,或W 3=(2×V 4)mod N;或者,V 4和O 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,或O 2=(3×V 4)mod N;或者,V 4和P的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:P=(-2×V 4)mod N,P=(3×V 4)mod N,P=(4×V 4)mod N。 With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the relationship between V 4 and W 3 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 3 =-V 4 , or W 3 =(2×V 4 )mod N ; Or, the relationship between V 4 and O 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas: O 2 =(2×V 4 )mod N, or O 2 =(3×V 4 )mod N; Or, the relationship between V 4 and P The relationship satisfies any one of the following formulas: P=(-2×V 4 )mod N, P=(3×V 4 )mod N, P=(4×V 4 )mod N.
第二方面,提供了另一种通信方法,包括:发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置第一序列组,所述第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X,所述X个基序列具有相同的组索引,所述X个基序列是由X个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,N为大于1的整数,X为大于或等于2的整数,所述X个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+V 1)mod N,q 1为1到N-1的整数,V 1为整数,且V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1、K 2、K 3和K 4均为整数,K 1>1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000018
K 4<N-1,当N为奇数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000019
当N为偶数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000020
表示小于或等于A的最大整数,[A,B]表示由大于或等于A且小于或等于B的整数组成的集合,A mod B表示A对B取 模;接收参考信号序列,所述参考信号序列是由第一基序列确定的,所述第一基序列属于所述第一序列组。
In a second aspect, another communication method is provided, including: sending configuration information, the configuration information is used to configure a first sequence group, the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X, so The X base sequences have the same group index, the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, N is an integer greater than 1, X is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the X The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two base sequences in the base sequence are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 ) mod N respectively, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 1 The value range is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000018
K 4 <N-1, when N is an odd number,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000019
When N is even,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000020
Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a collection of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, A mod B represents A modulo B; receiving a reference signal sequence, the reference signal The sequence is determined by a first base sequence, and the first base sequence belongs to the first sequence group.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一序列组属于Y个序列组,Y为大于或等于2的整数;所述Y个序列组中的第y个序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X (y),所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列是由X (y)个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,X (y)为大于或等于2的整数,所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q′和(q′+V′)mod N,q′为1到N-1的整数,V′为整数,且V′的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups The number of base sequences with length M is X (y) , and the X (y) base sequences with length M are determined by X (y) ZC sequences with length N, and X (y) is An integer greater than or equal to 2, the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the base sequences of length M in the X (y) base sequences are q′ and (q′+V′) mod N, q′ is An integer from 1 to N-1, V'is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V'is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的奇数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000021
或者,当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000022
表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000021
Or, when N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000022
Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,X为大于或等于3的整数,所述X个基序列中包括三个基序列,所述三个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 2、(q 2+V 2)mod N和(q 2+W 1)mod N,其中,q 2为1到N-1的整数,V 2为整数,且V 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 1为整数,且W 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, X is an integer greater than or equal to 3, the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the three base sequences They are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 ) mod N and (q 2 + W 1 ) mod N respectively, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 2 is The value range is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the value range of the absolute value of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,V 2和W 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 1=-V 2,或W 1=(2×V 2)mod N。 With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the relationship between V 2 and W 1 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 1 =-V 2 , or W 1 =(2×V 2 )mod N .
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,X为大于或等于4的整数,所述X个基序列包括四个基序列,所述四个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 3、(q 3+V 3)mod N、(q 3+W 2)mod N和(q 3+O 1)mod N,其中,q 3为1到N-1的整数,V 3为整数,且V 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 2为整数,且W 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 1为整数,且O 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, X is an integer greater than or equal to 4, the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the four base sequences are respectively Is q 3 , (q 3 +V 3 ) mod N, (q 3 +W 2 ) mod N, and (q 3 +O 1 ) mod N, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V 3 is Integer, and the value range of the absolute value of V 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the value range of the absolute value of W 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,V 3和W 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 2=-V 3,或W 2=(2×V 3)mod N;或者,V 3和O 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:O 1=(2×V 3)mod N,或O 1=(3×V 3)mod N。 With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the relationship between V 3 and W 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 2 =-V 3 , or W 2 =(2×V 3 )mod N Or, the relationship between V 3 and O 1 satisfies any one of the following formulas: O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N, or O 1 =(3×V 3 ) mod N.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,X为大于或等于5的整数,所述X个基序列中包括五个基序列,所述五个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 4、(q 4+V 4)mod N、(q 4+W 3)mod N、(q 4+O 2)mod N和(q 4+P)mod N,其中,q 4为1到N-1的整数,V 4为整数,且V 4的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 3为整数,且W 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 2为整数,且O 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],P为整数,且P的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, X is an integer greater than or equal to 5, the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the five base sequences correspond to the roots of the ZC sequence They are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 )mod N, (q 4 +W 3 )mod N, (q 4 +O 2 )mod N and (q 4 +P)mod N, where q 4 is 1. An integer to N-1, V 4 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 3 is an integer, and the absolute value of W 3 The value range of is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of O 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], P is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of P is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,V 4和W 3的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 3=-V 4,或W 3=(2×V 4)mod N;或者,V 4和O 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,或O 2=(3×V 4)mod N;或者,V 4和P的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:P=(-2×V 4)mod N,P=(3×V 4)mod N,P=(4×V 4)mod N。 With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the relationship between V 4 and W 3 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 3 =-V 4 , or W 3 =(2×V 4 )mod N ; Or, the relationship between V 4 and O 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas: O 2 =(2×V 4 )mod N, or O 2 =(3×V 4 )mod N; Or, the relationship between V 4 and P The relationship satisfies any one of the following formulas: P=(-2×V 4 )mod N, P=(3×V 4 )mod N, P=(4×V 4 )mod N.
第三方面,提供了一种装置,用于执行上述各个方面或各个方面任意可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,该装置包括用于执行上述各个方面或各个方面任意可能的实现方式中 的方法的单元。一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行上述各个方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。In a third aspect, a device is provided for executing the above-mentioned aspects or methods in any possible implementation manners of the aspects. Specifically, the device includes a unit for executing the foregoing aspects or methods in any possible implementation manners of the aspects. In a design, the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the above aspects. The modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software. .
第四方面,提供了一种装置,该装置包括:通信接口、存储器和处理器。其中,该处理器用于实现上述各个方面或各个方面任意可能的实现方式中的方法,该存储器和该处理器耦合。可选地,该通信接口、该存储器和该处理器通过内部连接通路互相通信,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令,以实现上述各个方面或各个方面任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fourth aspect, a device is provided, which includes a communication interface, a memory, and a processor. Wherein, the processor is configured to implement the foregoing aspects or methods in any possible implementation manner of each aspect, and the memory is coupled with the processor. Optionally, the communication interface, the memory, and the processor communicate with each other through an internal connection path, the memory is used to store instructions, and the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement the foregoing aspects or any possible aspects of each aspect. The method in the implementation mode.
第五方面,提供了一种系统,该系统包括用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能实现的方法的装置,以及用于实现上述第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能实现的方法的装置;或者该系统包括用于实现上述第三方面或第三方面的任一种可能实现的方法的装置,以及用于实现上述第四方面或第四方面的任一种可能实现的方法的装置。In a fifth aspect, a system is provided. The system includes a device for implementing any one of the foregoing first aspect or the first aspect, and a device for implementing any one of the foregoing second or second aspects. A possible method of implementation; or the system includes a device for implementing the third aspect or any of the possible methods of the third aspect, and a device for implementing any of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect Possible methods of implementation.
在一种设计中,该系统包括用于实现终端设备执行的方法的装置,以及用于实现网络设备执行的方法的装置。In one design, the system includes a device for implementing a method executed by a terminal device and a device for implementing a method executed by a network device.
第六方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码被计算机运行时,使得所述计算机执行上述各个方面或各个方面的任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run by a computer, the computer can execute each of the above aspects or any of the possibilities The method in the implementation mode.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使所述计算机执行上述各个方面或各个方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided for storing instructions that, when the instructions run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the above aspects or the methods in any possible implementation manners of the aspects Instructions.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括一个或多个处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行存储器中存储的指令,使得上述各个方面或各个方面的任一种可能实现方式中的方法被执行。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eighth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a chip system, which includes one or more processors, configured to call and execute instructions stored in the memory from the memory, so that the above aspects or any of the above aspects The methods in one possible implementation are executed. The chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1示出了本申请实施例的应用场景的示意图。Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
图2示出了本申请实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图3示出了本申请实施例的序列组的示意图。Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of a sequence group in an embodiment of the present application.
图4示出了本申请实施例的另一序列组的示意图。Fig. 4 shows a schematic diagram of another sequence group in an embodiment of the present application.
图5示出了本申请实施例的装置的示意性框图。Fig. 5 shows a schematic block diagram of a device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图6示出了本申请实施例的另一装置的示意性框图。Fig. 6 shows a schematic block diagram of another apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
图7示出了本申请实施例的另一装置的示意性框图。Fig. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of another apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、 通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5G) System or New Radio (NR), etc.
本申请实施例涉及的终端设备可以简称为终端,其可以是一种具有无线收发功能的设备。终端可以被部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以被部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以被部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端设备可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE)。UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地,UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请实施例中,用于实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端;也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be referred to as a terminal for short, which may be a device with a wireless transceiver function. The terminal can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water (such as a ship, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aeroplane, balloon, satellite, etc.). The terminal equipment may be user equipment (UE). UEs include handheld devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, or computing devices with wireless communication functions. Exemplarily, the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with wireless transceiver function. Terminal equipment can also be virtual reality (VR) terminal equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in unmanned driving, wireless terminals in telemedicine, and smart Wireless terminals in power grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on. In the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the function of the terminal may be a terminal; it may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the terminal. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the functions of the terminal is an example to describe the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统中的节点B(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型节点B(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动网(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。基站可以是一种部署在无线接入网中能够和终端进行无线通信的设备。基站可能有多种形式,比如宏基站、微基站、中继站和接入点等。示例性地,本申请实施例涉及到的基站可以是5G中的基站或LTE中的基站,其中,5G中的基站还可以称为传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)或gNB(generation NodeB)。本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device. The network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA) The base transceiver station (BTS) in the LTE system can also be the Node B (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved Node B in the LTE system. (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wearable device As well as the network equipment in the future 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), the embodiment of the present application is not limited. A base station may be a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and can communicate with a terminal wirelessly. Base stations may come in many forms, such as macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, and access points. Exemplarily, the base station involved in the embodiment of this application may be a base station in 5G or a base station in LTE, where the base station in 5G may also be called a transmission reception point (TRP) or gNB (generation NodeB) . In the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the device for implementing the functions of the network equipment is a network device as an example to describe the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层、以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操 作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. In addition, the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as they can communicate according to the methods provided in the embodiments of the application, for example, the execution of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application The main body can be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module that can execute a program in the terminal device or the network device.
另外,本申请实施例的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the embodiments of the present application may be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
图1示出了本申请实施例可以应用的通信系统100。该通信系统100可以包括一个或多个网络设备110和位于网络设备110覆盖范围内的一个或多个终端设备120。图1示例性地示出了一个网络设备和两个终端设备,可选地,该通信系统100可以包括多个网络设备并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Fig. 1 shows a communication system 100 to which an embodiment of the present application can be applied. The communication system 100 may include one or more network devices 110 and one or more terminal devices 120 located within the coverage area of the network device 110. Figure 1 exemplarily shows one network device and two terminal devices. Optionally, the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices and the coverage of each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices. The embodiment does not limit this.
可选地,该无线通信系统100还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例不限于此。Optionally, the wireless communication system 100 may also include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
为便于理解,下面先介绍本申请所涉及的相关术语。For ease of understanding, the relevant terms involved in this application are first introduced below.
1、基序列(base sequence)和ZC序列1. Base sequence (base sequence) and ZC sequence
上行参考信号(如DMRS、SRS)的序列都是根据基序列生成的。例如,长度为M的基序列为r(m),则该基序列生成的序列可以是:The sequence of the uplink reference signal (such as DMRS, SRS) is generated based on the base sequence. For example, if the base sequence of length M is r(m), the sequence generated by the base sequence can be:
A·exp(jαm)r(m)A·exp(jαm)r(m)
其中,m=0,1,2,…,M-1,M为大于1的整数,A是复数,α是由时域循环移位确定的实数(本文又称为循环移位值),j为虚数单位,exp表示以e为底的指数函数。Among them, m=0,1,2,...,M-1, M is an integer greater than 1, A is a complex number, α is a real number determined by a time-domain cyclic shift (also called a cyclic shift value in this article), j Is an imaginary unit, exp represents an exponential function with e as the base.
基序列可以是根据ZC序列生成的序列,例如,基序列可以是ZC序列本身,或者,基序列也可以是ZC序列通过循环移位扩充或者截取生成的序列。例如,长度为N的ZC序列为z q(n),具体可以表示为如下形式: The base sequence may be a sequence generated from the ZC sequence. For example, the base sequence may be the ZC sequence itself, or the base sequence may also be a sequence generated by the ZC sequence through cyclic shift expansion or interception. For example, a ZC sequence of length N is z q (n), which can be expressed in the following form:
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000023
其中,N为大于1的整数,q是ZC序列的根(也可以称为根指标或根索引),是与N互质的自然数,且0<q<N。Among them, N is an integer greater than 1, q is the root of the ZC sequence (also called root index or root index), a natural number that is relatively prime to N, and 0<q<N.
在本文中,定义由基序列生成的参考序列为
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000024
其中,生成该基序列的ZC序列的根为q,α为根据时域循环移位确定的值,又称为循环移位值。
In this article, define the reference sequence generated from the base sequence as
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000024
Among them, the root of the ZC sequence generating the base sequence is q, and α is a value determined according to the time domain cyclic shift, which is also called the cyclic shift value.
在获得参考信号序列之后,终端设备可以将长度为M的参考信号序列按照子载波指标从小到大(或者从大到小)的顺序映射到M个子载波上,再将频域序列进行反傅里叶 变换(inverse fourier transform,IDFT),从而得到对应的时域序列,并发送给网络设备。After obtaining the reference signal sequence, the terminal device can map the reference signal sequence of length M to M subcarriers in the order of subcarrier index from small to large (or from large to small), and then perform inverse Fourier on the frequency domain sequence Leaf transform (inverse fourier transform, IDFT) to obtain the corresponding time-domain sequence and send it to the network device.
2、上行参考信号2. Uplink reference signal
上行参考信号是由终端设备发送的参考信号,例如,SRS、上行控制信道的DMRS、离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分多路复用(discrete fourier transform-spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,DFT-s-OFDM)波形下物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的DMRS。上行参考信号可以用于获得上行信道状态信息,该信道状态信息可以用于上行数据的解调和检测。在时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统中,利用信道互异性,上行参考信号还可以用于获得下行信道状态信息。以SRS为例,网络设备通过测量终端设备发送的SRS序列获得下行的信道状态信息。该信道状态信息用于下行数据传输时的预编码、调制编码方式的确定等等。因此,基于上行参考信号获得准确的信道状态信息对于上行数据传输或下行数据传输的效率而言很重要。The uplink reference signal is the reference signal sent by the terminal equipment, for example, SRS, DMRS of the uplink control channel, discrete Fourier transform extended orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (discrete fourier transform-spread orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, DFT-s) -OFDM) DMRS of physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) under waveform. The uplink reference signal can be used to obtain uplink channel state information, which can be used for demodulation and detection of uplink data. In a time division duplex (TDD) system, using channel disparity, uplink reference signals can also be used to obtain downlink channel state information. Taking SRS as an example, the network device obtains downlink channel state information by measuring the SRS sequence sent by the terminal device. The channel state information is used for precoding during downlink data transmission, determination of modulation and coding methods, and so on. Therefore, obtaining accurate channel state information based on the uplink reference signal is very important for the efficiency of uplink data transmission or downlink data transmission.
下面,以SRS序列为例进行说明,其他上行参考信号的设计原理类似,不再赘述。In the following, the SRS sequence is taken as an example for description. The design principles of other uplink reference signals are similar, and will not be repeated.
当前系统中,SRS采用由ZC序列生成的序列。在相同时频资源上,一个小区内的所有终端设备使用的ZC序列的根是相同的,可以通过不同的循环移位和频域资源来获得不同终端设备的SRS序列的正交性。In the current system, SRS uses a sequence generated from a ZC sequence. On the same time-frequency resources, the roots of the ZC sequences used by all terminal devices in a cell are the same, and the orthogonality of the SRS sequences of different terminal devices can be obtained through different cyclic shifts and frequency domain resources.
第三代伙伴计划(the 3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准中,给定了多种SRS序列的长度,并且针对大于或等于72的SRS序列的长度取值,分别定义了60个基序列,这60个基序列是由长度相同、根不同的ZC序列生成的。进一步地,这60个基序列被分为30个序列组,不同序列组的基序列可以分配给不同的小区。目前3GPP定义的根q的确定公式为:In the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) standard, a variety of SRS sequence lengths are given, and for SRS sequence lengths greater than or equal to 72, 60 base sequences are defined respectively. The 60 base sequences are generated from ZC sequences with the same length and different roots. Further, the 60 base sequences are divided into 30 sequence groups, and the base sequences of different sequence groups can be allocated to different cells. The formula for determining root q currently defined by 3GPP is:
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000025
其中,v=0或1,u=0,1,…,29。u即为组序号,代表30个组,每个组内有两个根序号,由v确定。u和v是通过网络设备发送配置信息为终端设备配置的。Among them, v=0 or 1, u=0,1,...,29. u is the group serial number, representing 30 groups, and each group has two root serial numbers, which are determined by v. u and v are configured for terminal equipment by sending configuration information through network equipment.
以M=72为例,生成30组基序列的是长度为71的ZC序列,由上述公式可以计算出u=0,1,…,29和v=0的情况下的30个ZC序列的根,以及u=0,1,…,29和v=1的情况下的30个ZC序列的根,这60个ZC序列的根q与基序列的组号u之间的关系可以如下表一所示:Taking M=72 as an example, the ZC sequence with length 71 is generated for 30 groups of base sequences. From the above formula, the roots of 30 ZC sequences in the case of u=0,1,...,29 and v=0 can be calculated , And the roots of the 30 ZC sequences when u=0,1,...,29 and v=1. The relationship between the root q of these 60 ZC sequences and the group number u of the base sequence can be shown in Table 1 below Show:
表一Table I
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000026
同一小区内,在相同时频资源上发送相同长度的SRS序列的各终端设备使用的u和v都是一样的,也就是说,同一个小区内在相同的时频资源上发送相同长度的SRS序列的各终端设备,使用的是该组内的同一个基序列生成的SRS序列。在用同一个基序列生成SRS序列时,这些终端设备通过采用不同的时域循环移位获得SRS序列之间的正交性。实际系统中,同一组的两个长度相同的基序列是用来做跳序列使用的,即不同的时刻,一个终端设备采用的基序列可以在这一组内的2个基序列之间按照设计的图样进行跳变,轮 流使用该组内的这2个基序列,其目的在于小区间干扰随机化。在跳序列过程中,在相同的时刻,一个小区内的在相同的时频资源上所有发送相同长度SRS序列的终端设备仍然使用相同的基序列生成SRS序列。因此,在当前系统里,同一时频资源上,一个小区的SRS序列可用的根只有1个。In the same cell, each terminal device that sends the same length of SRS sequence on the same time-frequency resource uses the same u and v, that is, the same cell sends the same length of SRS sequence on the same time-frequency resource Each terminal device in the group uses the SRS sequence generated by the same base sequence in the group. When the same base sequence is used to generate the SRS sequence, these terminal devices obtain the orthogonality between the SRS sequences by using different time-domain cyclic shifts. In the actual system, two base sequences with the same length in the same group are used as hopping sequences, that is, at different moments, the base sequence used by a terminal device can be designed between the two base sequences in this group. The pattern of hops, and the two base sequences in the group are used in turn, the purpose of which is to randomize inter-cell interference. In the sequence hopping process, at the same moment, all terminal devices in a cell that send the same length SRS sequence on the same time-frequency resource still use the same base sequence to generate the SRS sequence. Therefore, in the current system, there is only one available root for the SRS sequence of a cell on the same time-frequency resource.
但是,每个小区内的终端设备个数很多(例如200个),能够在实际系统中获得较好正交性的时域循环移位的个数和可用的时频域资源的个数很有限。因此,目前的一个小区内的可用SRS序列个数远不能满足庞大的终端设备个数。这导致需要通过时分的方式让不同的终端设备轮番发送SRS,导致了较大的SRS周期(例如20ms)。但是,信道具有时变特性,较大的SRS周期导致通过SRS获得的信道状态信息很容易过时,下行数据传输时的信道状态信息与之前根据SRS测量到的信道状态信息相差很大,严重影响系统的性能。However, the number of terminal devices in each cell is large (for example, 200), and the number of time-domain cyclic shifts that can obtain good orthogonality in the actual system and the number of available time-frequency domain resources are very limited. . Therefore, the current number of available SRS sequences in a cell is far from sufficient for the huge number of terminal devices. This leads to the need to allow different terminal devices to send SRS in turn in a time division manner, resulting in a larger SRS cycle (for example, 20 ms). However, the channel has time-varying characteristics, and the large SRS period causes the channel state information obtained through SRS to be easily outdated. The channel state information during downlink data transmission is very different from the channel state information measured by the previous SRS, which seriously affects the system Performance.
为了提高信道状态信息的准确性,避免严重的信道状态信息过时问题,一种解决方案是增加每个小区内使用的根的个数,使得每个小区可以支持更多的终端设备同时发送SRS序列。然而,简单地增加根的个数很可能导致同一小区的不同终端设备使用的SRS序列之间干扰很大。In order to improve the accuracy of channel state information and avoid serious channel state information obsolescence problems, one solution is to increase the number of roots used in each cell, so that each cell can support more terminal devices to send SRS sequences simultaneously . However, simply increasing the number of roots is likely to cause great interference between SRS sequences used by different terminal devices in the same cell.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提出了一种方法,用于增加序列组中的具有相同长度的基序列的个数X。这X个具有相同长度的基序列是由具有不同根的ZC序列确定的,X>1。该序列组中这X个基序列可以分配给一个小区内的不同终端设备用于确定参考信号。本申请实施例有利于解决当这些不同的终端设备在相同的时频资源上发送由分配给自己的基序列确定的参考信号时,由不同的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间干扰较大的问题。本申请实施例的方法不仅可用应用于上行参考信号序列,也可以应用于下行参考信号序列。In view of this, an embodiment of the present application proposes a method for increasing the number X of base sequences with the same length in the sequence group. The X base sequences with the same length are determined by the ZC sequences with different roots, X>1. The X base sequences in the sequence group can be allocated to different terminal devices in a cell for determining reference signals. The embodiments of the present application are beneficial to solve the problem of large interference between reference signal sequences determined by different base sequences when these different terminal devices transmit reference signals determined by the base sequences allocated to them on the same time-frequency resource. problem. The method in the embodiments of the present application can be applied not only to uplink reference signal sequences, but also to downlink reference signal sequences.
本申请实施例提供的方法可以应用于多种通信系统,例如,车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)、车间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-vehicle,LTE-V)、车到车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IoT)、地铁长期演进技术(long term evolution-metro,LTE-M)、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)等。The method provided in the embodiments of this application can be applied to a variety of communication systems, such as vehicle to everything (V2X), long term evolution-vehicle (LTE-V) technology, and vehicle-to-vehicle (vehicle-to-vehicle). -to-vehicle, V2V), machine type communication (MTC), internet of things (IoT), long term evolution-metro (LTE-M), machine-to-machine (machine-to-machine) to machine, M2M) etc.
图2示出了本申请实施例的通信方法200的示意性流程图。该方法200可以应用于图1所示的通信系统100,但本申请实施例不限于此。FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method 200 according to an embodiment of the present application. The method 200 can be applied to the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
S210,终端设备获取长度为M的参考信号序列,M为大于1的整数。S210: The terminal device obtains a reference signal sequence with a length of M, where M is an integer greater than 1.
S220,该终端设备向网络设备发送所述参考信号序列;则对应地,网络设备接收参考信号序列。S220: The terminal device sends the reference signal sequence to the network device; correspondingly, the network device receives the reference signal sequence.
可选地,上述方法200还包括:Optionally, the foregoing method 200 further includes:
S230,网络设备根据接收到的参考信号序列,进行信道测量。S230: The network device performs channel measurement according to the received reference signal sequence.
例如,终端设备发送长度为M的参考信号序列x(m),网络设备接收包含参考信号序列x(m)的信号y(m),For example, the terminal device sends a reference signal sequence x(m) of length M, and the network device receives a signal y(m) containing the reference signal sequence x(m),
y(m)=h(m)x(m)+n(m),m=0,2,...M-1,y(m)=h(m)x(m)+n(m), m=0,2,...M-1,
其中,h(m)为信道信息,n(m)为噪声。为了测量信道信息h(m),网络设备可以在本地生成所述参考信号序列x(m),然后通过下列运算得到信道信息h(m)的估计值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000027
Among them, h(m) is channel information and n(m) is noise. In order to measure the channel information h(m), the network device can generate the reference signal sequence x(m) locally, and then obtain the estimated value of the channel information h(m) through the following operations
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000028
其中,x *(m)为x(m)的共轭。估计值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000029
即为上述网络设备的信道测量值。
Among them, x * (m) is the conjugate of x (m). estimated value
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000029
It is the channel measurement value of the above-mentioned network equipment.
上述参考信号序列是由长度为M的第一基序列确定的。该第一基序列属于第一序列组,该第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X。这X个基序列具有相同的组索引,且X个基序列是由X个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,N为大于1的整数,X为大于或等于2的整数。该X个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+V 1)mod N。q 1为1到N-1的整数,V 1为整数,且V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1、K 2、K 3和K 4均为整数,K 1>1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000030
K 4<N-1。当N为奇数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000031
当N为偶数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000032
表示小于或等于A的最大整数,[A,B]表示由大于或等于A且小于或等于B的整数组成的集合,A mod B表示A对B取模,结果为大于或等于零且小于B的整数,∪表示取并集。
The aforementioned reference signal sequence is determined by the first base sequence of length M. The first base sequence belongs to the first sequence group, and the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X. The X base sequences have the same group index, and the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, where N is an integer greater than 1, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2. The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the X base sequences are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 ) mod N respectively. q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are both integers, K 1 >1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000030
K 4 <N-1. When N is odd,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000031
When N is even,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000032
Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A,B] represents a set of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, A mod B represents A modulo B, and the result is greater than or equal to zero and less than B Integer, ∪ represents the union.
应理解,上述第一序列组可以包括不同长度的基序列。在上述第一序列组中,长度为M的基序列的个数为X。示例性地,第一序列组还可以包括X 1个长度为M 1的基序列,还可以包括X 2个长度为M 2的基序列,M、M 1、M 2不相等,X、X 1、X 2可以相等,也可以不相等。 It should be understood that the foregoing first sequence group may include base sequences of different lengths. In the above first sequence group, the number of base sequences of length M is X. Exemplarily, the first sequence group may also include X 1 base sequences with a length of M 1 and X 2 base sequences with a length of M 2. M, M 1 , and M 2 are not equal, and X, X 1 , X 2 can be equal or not equal.
此外,第一序列组中可以存在一部分长度的基序列的个数等于1,另一部分长度的基序列的个数大于1,例如,在第一序列组中,长度为M 3的基序列个数为X 3,长度为M 4的基序列个数为X 4,其中,X 3等于1,X 4大于1。或者,在第一序列组中,各个长度的基序列的个数均大于1,本申请实施例对此不作限定。 In addition, in the first sequence group, the number of base sequences with a part length equal to 1, and the number of base sequences with another part length greater than 1. For example, in the first sequence group, the number of base sequences with a length of M 3 Is X 3 and the number of base sequences with length M 4 is X 4 , where X 3 is equal to 1, and X 4 is greater than 1. Alternatively, in the first sequence group, the number of base sequences of each length is greater than 1, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
示例性地,上述第一序列组可以是网络设备通过终端设备特定的信令(如专用(dedicated)无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令)分配给所述终端设备的,也可以是网络设备通过小区级别的信令(如小区特定(cell-specific)RRC信令、系统信息块(system information block,SIB)信令、主信息块(master information block,MIB)信令等)将第一序列组的基序列分配给该网络设备服务的多个终端设备,从而分配给所述终端设备的。本申请实施例对此并不限定,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the foregoing first sequence group may be allocated by the network device to the terminal device through terminal device specific signaling (such as dedicated (dedicated) radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling), or it may be Network equipment uses cell-level signaling (such as cell-specific RRC signaling, system information block (SIB) signaling, master information block (MIB) signaling, etc.) The base sequence of a sequence group is allocated to a plurality of terminal devices served by the network device, thereby being allocated to the terminal device. The embodiment of the present application is not limited to this, and will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,将上述第一序列组分配给终端设备的目的是分配一组基序列给该终端设备,该组基序列即表示该终端设备潜在可用的用于确定参考信号序列的基序列。可选地,终端设备可以进一步通过其他配置信息来确定在某个时刻发送的参考信号序列是根据该第一序列组中的哪个基序列确定的。It should be noted that the purpose of allocating the above-mentioned first sequence group to the terminal device is to allocate a group of base sequences to the terminal device, and the group of base sequences represents the potential base sequence used by the terminal device to determine the reference signal sequence. Optionally, the terminal device may further use other configuration information to determine which base sequence in the first sequence group the reference signal sequence sent at a certain moment is determined based on.
应理解,终端设备获取长度为M的参考信号序列,可以是终端设备根据第一基序列以及预定义的规则生成参考信号序列,也可以是终端设备通过查表得到预先生成的参考信号序列,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the terminal device acquiring the reference signal sequence of length M may be the terminal device generating the reference signal sequence according to the first base sequence and a predefined rule, or the terminal device may obtain the pre-generated reference signal sequence by looking up the table. The application embodiment does not limit this.
上述参考信号序列是由长度为M的第一基序列确定的,可以理解为,参考信号序列可以是由该第一基序列生成的,或者,参考信号序列可以是根据第一基序列查表得到的。同理,上述第一基序列是由一个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,可以理解为,第一基序列可以是由该ZC序列生成的,或者,第一基序列可以是根据ZC序列查表得到的。本申请实施例对此不作限定The above-mentioned reference signal sequence is determined by the first base sequence of length M. It can be understood that the reference signal sequence may be generated from the first base sequence, or the reference signal sequence may be obtained by looking up the table according to the first base sequence of. In the same way, the above-mentioned first base sequence is determined by a ZC sequence of length N. It can be understood that the first base sequence may be generated from the ZC sequence, or the first base sequence may be a table lookup based on the ZC sequence. owned. The embodiments of this application do not limit this
在一种可能的设计中,第一基序列是由ZC序列生成的,参考信号序列是由第一基序列生成的。可选地,终端设备可以根据预定义的规则和/或其他信令的配置,根据上述X 个基序列中的基序列(本实施例为第一基序列)生成要发送的参考信号序列。In a possible design, the first base sequence is generated from the ZC sequence, and the reference signal sequence is generated from the first base sequence. Optionally, the terminal device may generate the reference signal sequence to be sent according to the base sequence (the first base sequence in this embodiment) among the aforementioned X base sequences according to predefined rules and/or other signaling configuration.
例如,终端设备可以获取组索引或小区索引、第一基序列的序列索引或生成该第一基序列的ZC序列的根的索引,通过下述预定义的公式可以得到生成第一基序列的ZC序列的根q 1For example, the terminal device can obtain the group index or the cell index, the sequence index of the first base sequence, or the index of the root of the ZC sequence generating the first base sequence, and the ZC generating the first base sequence can be obtained through the following predefined formula The root q 1 of the sequence:
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000033
其中,u是根据上述组索引或小区索引确定的,v是根据上述根的索引确定的N为生成第一基序列的ZC序列的长度,D为大于1的整数,例如D=31。Among them, u is determined according to the group index or cell index, v is determined according to the index of the root. N is the length of the ZC sequence generating the first base sequence, and D is an integer greater than 1, for example, D=31.
终端设备可以使用根q 1和下述公式生成长度为M的第一基序列r(m): The terminal device can use the root q 1 and the following formula to generate the first base sequence r(m) of length M:
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000034
终端设备使用第一基序列r(m)和α即可得到参考信号序列x(m):The terminal equipment uses the first base sequence r(m) and α to obtain the reference signal sequence x(m):
x(m)=Aexp(jαm)r(m)x(m)=Aexp(jαm)r(m)
其中,A是复数,j为虚数单位,exp表示以e为底的指数函数,α是根据循环移位值确定的实数,循环移位值可以是终端设备根据网络设备的配置信息确定的,或者根据预定义的规则确定的。Among them, A is a complex number, j is an imaginary unit, exp represents an exponential function with e as the base, α is a real number determined according to the cyclic shift value, and the cyclic shift value can be determined by the terminal device according to the configuration information of the network device, or Determined according to predefined rules.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,所述分配给所述终端设备的第一序列组,并不要求终端设备根据分配的结果存储第一序列组的所有X个基序列,而是说终端设备可以根据预定义的规则和/或其他信令的配置,能够在需要的时候根据所述X个基序列中的第一基序列生成要发送的参考信号序列。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the first sequence group allocated to the terminal device does not require the terminal device to store all X base sequences of the first sequence group according to the result of the allocation, but the terminal The device can generate the reference signal sequence to be sent according to the first base sequence among the X base sequences when needed according to predefined rules and/or other signaling configuration.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一基序列是查表得到的,参考信号序列是由第一基序列生成的。这样,终端设备可以直接存储预先生成的第一序列组中的所有基序列,以及基序列与各自的ZC序列(或者ZC序列的根)之间的对应关系。终端设备在确定了M和ZC序列(或者ZC序列的根)之后,就可以通过查表直接将第一基序列确定出来。进一步地,终端设备可以再根据上述公式,通过第一基序列生成参考信号序列,此处不再赘述。In another possible design, the first base sequence is obtained by looking up the table, and the reference signal sequence is generated from the first base sequence. In this way, the terminal device can directly store all the base sequences in the first sequence group generated in advance, and the correspondence between the base sequences and the respective ZC sequences (or roots of the ZC sequences). After the terminal device has determined the M and ZC sequence (or the root of the ZC sequence), it can directly determine the first base sequence by looking up the table. Further, the terminal device can generate the reference signal sequence through the first base sequence according to the above formula, which will not be repeated here.
在另一种可能的设计中,参考信号序列是查表得到的。这样,终端设备可以直接存储预先生成的多个参考信号序列,以及参考信号序列与各自的基序列(或者基序列对应的ZC序列、或者基序列对应的ZC序列的根)、α之间的对应关系。终端设备在确定了α和第一基序列(或者第一基序列对应的ZC序列、或者第一基序列对应的ZC序列的根)之后,就可以通过查表直接将参考信号序列确定出来。In another possible design, the reference signal sequence is obtained by looking up the table. In this way, the terminal device can directly store multiple pre-generated reference signal sequences, and the correspondence between the reference signal sequence and the respective base sequence (or the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence, or the root of the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence), α relationship. After determining α and the first base sequence (or the ZC sequence corresponding to the first base sequence, or the root of the ZC sequence corresponding to the first base sequence), the terminal device can directly determine the reference signal sequence by looking up the table.
在本申请实施例中,所述X个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+V 1)mod N,指的是,在上述X个基序列中,任意选择两个基序列,例如第一基序列和第二基序列,q 1表示生成第一基序列的第一ZC序列的根,(q 1+V 1)mod N表示生成第二基序列的第二ZC序列的根,则使用上述方法表示生成任意两个基序列的ZC序列的根时,V 1的绝对值的取值范围都为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。需要说明的是,第一基序列和第二基序列不指定序列的顺序。 In the embodiment of the present application, the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the X base sequences are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 ) mod N, which means that in the above X base sequences Here, two base sequences are arbitrarily selected, for example, the first base sequence and the second base sequence, q 1 represents the root of the first ZC sequence generating the first base sequence, and (q 1 +V 1 ) mod N represents the second base sequence The root of the second ZC sequence of the sequence, using the above method to represent the roots of any two base sequences of ZC sequences, the absolute value of V 1 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 , K 4 ]. It should be noted that the first base sequence and the second base sequence do not specify the sequence of the sequence.
在本申请实施例中,一个基序列对应的ZC序列指的是生成该基序列的ZC序列,例如,上述第一基序列对应第一ZC序列指的是生成该第一基序列的第一ZC序列。本文中的“对应”指的是这种由ZC序列生成基序列的关系。此外,一个基序列是由一个ZC序列生成的。即上述X个基序列是由X个长度为N的ZC序列生成的,指的是,X个基序列分别是由各自对应的ZC序列生成的,其各自对应的ZC序列不相同。换句话说,不同 的基序列是由具有不同根的ZC序列生成的。In the embodiments of the present application, the ZC sequence corresponding to a base sequence refers to the ZC sequence that generates the base sequence. For example, the first base sequence corresponding to the first ZC sequence refers to the first ZC that generates the first base sequence. sequence. The "correspondence" in this article refers to the relationship in which the ZC sequence generates the base sequence. In addition, a base sequence is generated from a ZC sequence. That is, the above-mentioned X base sequences are generated from X length N ZC sequences, which means that the X base sequences are respectively generated from respective corresponding ZC sequences, and their respective corresponding ZC sequences are not the same. In other words, different base sequences are generated from ZC sequences with different roots.
在本申请实施例中,V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1>1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000035
K 4<N-1,当N为奇数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000036
当N为偶数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000037
不但能够使得基于同一序列组中的任意两个基序列和任意循环移位值生成的参考信号序列之间的干扰功率足够低,例如,由基序列r 1(m)和α 1生成的序列
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000038
与由基序列r 2(m)和α 2生成的序列
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000039
之间的干扰功率足够低,而且能够使得由同一个基序列和多个循环移位值生成的多个参考信号序列,对由另一个基序列和任意循环移位值生成的参考信号序列产生的总干扰功率足够低,例如,由基序列r 1(m)和f个不同的循环移位值α 12,...,α f,生成的f个参考信号序列
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000040
对由基序列r 2(m)和循环移位值α生成的参考信号序列
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000041
产生的总干扰功率的足够小,其中,f为大于等于1的正整数。可选的,这里的总干扰指的是总干扰功率的期望值或方差值或瞬时值,不做限定。这样,同一小区中的不同终端设备可以采用与该小区对应的序列组中的不同基序列生成各自的参考信号序列,并可以在相同的时频资源上发送。
In the embodiment of this application, the value range of the absolute value of V 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 >1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000035
K 4 <N-1, when N is an odd number,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000036
When N is even,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000037
Not only can the interference power between the reference signal sequences generated based on any two base sequences in the same sequence group and any cyclic shift value be sufficiently low, for example, the sequence generated by the base sequences r 1 (m) and α 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000038
And the sequence generated by the base sequence r 2 (m) and α 2
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000039
The interference power is low enough, and it can make multiple reference signal sequences generated by the same base sequence and multiple cyclic shift values to generate the reference signal sequence generated by another base sequence and any cyclic shift value. The total interference power is sufficiently low, for example, f reference signal sequences generated from the base sequence r 1 (m) and f different cyclic shift values α 1 , α 2 ,..., α f
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000040
For the reference signal sequence generated by the base sequence r 2 (m) and the cyclic shift value α
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000041
The total interference power generated is small enough, where f is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. Optionally, the total interference here refers to the expected value or variance value or instantaneous value of the total interference power, which is not limited. In this way, different terminal devices in the same cell can use different base sequences in the sequence group corresponding to the cell to generate their respective reference signal sequences, and can send them on the same time-frequency resource.
通过本申请实施例提供的通信方法,在一个序列组中包括至少两个相同长度的基序列的情况下,同一个小区内的不同终端设备可以使用该序列组中的至少两个相同长度的基序列确定参考信号序列,并在相同的时频资源上发送该参考信号,使得能够同时同频发送相同长度的参考信号的终端设备的个数增加,在增加参考信号序列个数的同时可以保证参考信号序列之间的干扰功率很低,有利于提高网络设备基于参考信号进行信道测量的准确性。Through the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application, when a sequence group includes at least two base sequences of the same length, different terminal devices in the same cell can use at least two base sequences of the same length in the sequence group. The sequence determines the reference signal sequence, and transmits the reference signal on the same time-frequency resource, so that the number of terminal devices that can transmit reference signals of the same length at the same frequency increases, and the number of reference signal sequences can be increased while ensuring the reference The interference power between signal sequences is very low, which is beneficial to improve the accuracy of channel measurement by network equipment based on the reference signal.
需要说明的是,当N为奇数时,本申请实施例中V 1的绝对值的取值范围中不包括1、
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000042
和N-1。若
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000043
N为奇数,则上述第一序列组中存在两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000044
(q 1为1到N-1的整数),则由这两个基序列生成的两个参考信号序列之间的干扰功率很大。若终端设备在相同的时频资源上发送基于上述两个基序列生成的参考信号序列,则会引起较大的序列间干扰,从而使得网络设备的信道测量结果严重失真。示例性地,假设N=191且q 1=6,若
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000045
根分别为q 1=6和
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000046
的两个ZC序列可以生成两个基序列,经计算可得,由这两个基序列生成的两个参考信号序列之间的干扰功率为-7dB;若V 1的绝对值属于上述集合[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],例如V 1=67,根为q 1=6和根为(q 1+67)mod191=73的两个ZC序列可以生成两个基序列,经计算可得,由这两个基序列生成的两个参考信号序列之间的干扰功率为-20dB,远小于上述根据
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000047
生成的两个参考信号序列之间的干扰功率-7dB。
It should be noted that when N is an odd number, the absolute value range of V 1 in the embodiment of the present application does not include 1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000042
And N-1. If
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000043
N is an odd number, then the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the two base sequences in the first sequence group are q 1 and
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000044
(q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1), the interference power between the two reference signal sequences generated by the two base sequences is very large. If the terminal device sends the reference signal sequence generated based on the above two base sequences on the same time-frequency resource, it will cause greater inter-sequence interference, which will cause serious distortion of the channel measurement result of the network device. Illustratively, suppose that N=191 and q 1 =6, if
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000045
The roots are q 1 =6 and
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000046
The two ZC sequences can generate two base sequences. After calculation, the interference power between the two reference signal sequences generated by these two base sequences is -7dB; if the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the above set [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], for example, V 1 =67, two ZC sequences with roots of q 1 =6 and roots of (q 1 +67)mod191=73 can generate two base sequences, After calculation, the interference power between the two reference signal sequences generated by the two base sequences is -20dB, which is much smaller than the above-mentioned basis.
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000047
The interference power between the two generated reference signal sequences is -7dB.
同理,若V 1=1,N为奇数,则上述第一序列组中存在两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+1)mod N(q 1为1到N-1的整数),由这两个基序列生成的两个参考信号序列之间的干扰功率同样很大,此处不再赘述。 Similarly, if V 1 =1 and N is an odd number, the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to two base sequences in the first sequence group are q 1 and (q 1 +1) mod N (q 1 is 1 to N-1 integer), the interference power between the two reference signal sequences generated by the two base sequences is also very large, and will not be repeated here.
同理,若
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000048
N为奇数,则上述第一序列组中存在两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000049
(q 1为1到N-1的整数),由这两个基序列生成的两个参考信号序列之间的干扰功率同样很大,此处不再赘述。
Similarly, if
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000048
N is an odd number, then the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the two base sequences in the first sequence group are q 1 and
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000049
(q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1), the interference power between the two reference signal sequences generated by the two base sequences is also very large, and will not be repeated here.
同理,若V 1=N-1,N为奇数,则上述第一序列组中存在两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+N-1)mod N(q 1为1到N-1的整数),由这两个基序列生成的两个参考信号序列之间的干扰功率同样很大,此处不再赘述。 Similarly, if V 1 =N-1 and N is an odd number, the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to two base sequences in the first sequence group are q 1 and (q 1 +N-1) mod N(q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1), the interference power between the two reference signal sequences generated by the two base sequences is also very large, and will not be repeated here.
与上述N为奇数的情况类似,当N为偶数时,本申请实施例中V 1的绝对值的取值范围中不包括1、
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000050
N-1。若
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000051
N为偶数,则上述第一序列组中存在两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000052
(q 1为1到N-1的整数),则由这两个基序列生成的两个参考信号序列之间的干扰功率同样很大,此处不再赘述。
Similar to the above-mentioned case where N is an odd number, when N is an even number, the value range of the absolute value of V 1 in the embodiment of the present application does not include 1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000050
N-1. If
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000051
If N is an even number, the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to two base sequences in the first sequence group are q 1 and
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000052
(q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1), the interference power between the two reference signal sequences generated by the two base sequences is also very large, and will not be repeated here.
同理,若V 1=1,N为偶数,则上述第一序列组中存在两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+1)mod N(q 1为1到N-1的整数),则由这两个基序列生成的两个参考信号序列之间的干扰功率同样很大,此处不再赘述。 Similarly, if V 1 =1 and N is an even number, the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the two base sequences in the first sequence group are q 1 and (q 1 +1) mod N (q 1 is 1 to N-1 integer), the interference power between the two reference signal sequences generated by the two base sequences is also very large, and will not be repeated here.
若V 1=N-1,N为偶数,则上述第一序列组中存在两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+N-1)mod N(q 1为1到N-1的整数),则由这两个基序列生成的两个参考信号序列之间的干扰功率同样很大,此处不再赘述。 If V 1 =N-1 and N is an even number, then the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the two base sequences in the first sequence group are q 1 and (q 1 +N-1) mod N (q 1 is 1 Integer to N-1), the interference power between the two reference signal sequences generated by the two base sequences is also very large, and will not be repeated here.
可选地,在本实施例中,第一序列组可以是从Y个序列组中确定的。该Y个序列组具有不同的序列组索引或小区索引。终端设备通过接收配置信息,根据配置信息指示的组索引或小区索引,来确定第一序列组,进而可以确定分配给自己的一组基序列,该组基序列可以包括多个长度的基序列,其中,长度为M的基序列个数为X。Optionally, in this embodiment, the first sequence group may be determined from Y sequence groups. The Y sequence groups have different sequence group indexes or cell indexes. The terminal device determines the first sequence group according to the group index or cell index indicated by the configuration information by receiving the configuration information, and then can determine a group of base sequences allocated to itself, and the group of base sequences may include base sequences of multiple lengths, Among them, the number of base sequences of length M is X.
可选地,在终端设备获取长度为M的参考信号序列之前,所述方法200还包括:Optionally, before the terminal device acquires the reference signal sequence of length M, the method 200 further includes:
S240,网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置所述第一序列组。则对应地,终端设备接收该配置信息,并根据该配置信息确定第一基序列,根据该第一基序列确定所述参考信号序列。S240: The network device sends configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure the first sequence group. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the configuration information, determines the first base sequence according to the configuration information, and determines the reference signal sequence according to the first base sequence.
本申请实施例定义第二序列组为具有相同组索引(或者小区索引)的所有基序列组成的集合,因此,上述第一序列组为第二序列组中全部或者部分基序列的集合。The embodiment of the present application defines the second sequence group as a set of all base sequences having the same group index (or cell index). Therefore, the above-mentioned first sequence group is a set of all or part of the base sequences in the second sequence group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一序列组为第二序列组中全部基序列的集合,在这种情况下,第一序列组就是第二序列组。示例性地,上述配置信息可以包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示上述第一序列组;该第二指示信息用于指示上述第一序列组中的第一基序列。该终端设备可以接收第一指示信息和第二指示信息,根据第一指示信息和第二指示信息,获取长度为M的参考信号序列。In a possible design, the first sequence group is the set of all base sequences in the second sequence group. In this case, the first sequence group is the second sequence group. Exemplarily, the configuration information may include first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first sequence group; the second indication information is used to indicate the first sequence group in the first sequence group. Base sequence. The terminal device may receive the first indication information and the second indication information, and obtain a reference signal sequence of length M according to the first indication information and the second indication information.
需要说明的是,第一指示信息和第二指示信息可以通过相同的指令发送,也可以通过不同的指令发送,本申请实施例对此并不限定。此外,第一指示信息和/或第二指示信息可以是显示配置的,例如,第一指示信息指示第一序列组的组索引,第二指示信息指示第一序列组中的基序列索引;或者,第一指示信息和/或第二指示信息也可以是通过其他信息的配置隐式获得的,本申请实施例对此也不作限定。It should be noted that the first instruction information and the second instruction information may be sent through the same instruction or through different instructions, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In addition, the first indication information and/or the second indication information may be display configuration, for example, the first indication information indicates the group index of the first sequence group, and the second indication information indicates the base sequence index in the first sequence group; or The first indication information and/or the second indication information may also be implicitly obtained through the configuration of other information, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一序列组为第二序列组中部分基序列的集合。在这种情况下,示例性地,上述配置信息可以包括第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息。该终端设备可以根据第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息,获取长度为M的参考信号序列。该终端设备可以通过多种方式,根据上述三个指示信息来确定最终的参考信号序列。例如,终端设备可以通过第一指示信息和第三指示信息确定第一序列组,再通过第二指示信息确定基于上述第一序列组中的第一基序列,从而根据该第一基序列确定参考信号序列。又例如,终端设备可以通过第一指示信息和第二指示信息确定第二序列组中潜在的多个基序列,然后通过第三指示信息确定基于上述多个基序列中的第一基序列,从而根据该第一基序列确定参考信号序列。终端设备还可以通过其他方式确定第一基序列,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In another possible design, the first sequence group is a collection of partial base sequences in the second sequence group. In this case, exemplarily, the foregoing configuration information may include first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information. The terminal device may obtain a reference signal sequence of length M according to the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information. The terminal device can determine the final reference signal sequence according to the above three indication information in various ways. For example, the terminal device may determine the first sequence group through the first indication information and the third indication information, and then determine the first base sequence based on the above-mentioned first sequence group through the second indication information, thereby determining the reference according to the first base sequence Signal sequence. For another example, the terminal device may determine the potential multiple base sequences in the second sequence group through the first indication information and the second indication information, and then determine based on the first base sequence among the multiple base sequences through the third indication information, thereby The reference signal sequence is determined according to the first base sequence. The terminal device may also determine the first base sequence in other ways, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
示例性地,终端设备可以根据第一指示信息来获取第二序列组的序列组索引或小区索引,假设第二序列组包括子序列组g 0和子序列组g 1,如图3所示,在第一指示信息所指示的第二序列组中,子序列组g 0中长度为M的基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为0、0+V 1、0+2×V 1,子序列组g 1中长度为M的基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为1、1+V 1、1+2×V 1。第三指示信息为跳序列组指示信息,终端设备可以根据第三指示信息确定第一序列组。当跳序列组指示信息指示关闭时,第一序列组为子序列组g 0;当跳序列组指示信息指示开启时,第一序列组为子序列组g n,其中n属于集合{0,1},且n的取值会根据跳序列图案的时间单元(如子帧、符号等)的变化而变化,即在不同的时刻,第三指示信息所指示的第一序列组在子序列组g 0和子序列组g 1之间按照设计的图样进行跳变,其目的在于随机化小区之间的干扰。例如,在某一时刻,第一序列组为子序列组g 0,则本小区对其他小区的干扰为由子序列组g 0中的基序列生成的参考信号对其他小区的信号造成的干扰,在另外一个时刻,第一序列组为子序列组g 1,则本小区对其他小区的干扰为由子序列组g 1中的基序列生成的参考信号对其他小区的信号造成的干扰,因此,采用跳序列组的方式可以随机化本小区的参考信号对其他小区的信号造成的干扰。在跳序列组的过程中,同一个小区内的、在相同的时频资源上、发送相同长度参考信号序列的终端设备,仍然使用同一个子序列组中的基序列生成的参考信号序列。对某个特定的终端设备而言,该终端设备可以通过接收第二指示信息获取子序列组中的一个基序列。需要说明的是,本实施例中的第二序列组可以携带子序列组的索引,也可以不携带子序列组的索引。 Exemplarily, the terminal device may obtain the sequence group index or the cell index of the second sequence group according to the first indication information. It is assumed that the second sequence group includes a sub-sequence group g 0 and a sub-sequence group g 1 , as shown in FIG. 3, In the second sequence group indicated by the first indication information, the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence of length M in the subsequence group g 0 are 0 , 0+V 1 , 0+2×V 1 , and the subsequence group The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence of length M in g 1 are 1 , 1+V 1 , and 1+2×V 1 respectively . The third indication information is hopping sequence group indication information, and the terminal device may determine the first sequence group according to the third indication information. When the hopping sequence group indication information indicates that it is off, the first sequence group is the subsequence group g 0 ; when the hopping sequence group indication information indicates that it is on, the first sequence group is the subsequence group g n , where n belongs to the set {0,1 }, and the value of n will change according to the time unit of the hopping sequence pattern (such as sub-frames, symbols, etc.), that is, at different moments, the first sequence group indicated by the third indication information is in the sub-sequence group g The hopping between 0 and the sub-sequence group g 1 is performed according to the designed pattern, and the purpose is to randomize the interference between cells. For example, at a certain moment, the first sequence group is the sub-sequence group g 0 , then the interference of this cell to other cells is the interference caused by the reference signal generated by the base sequence in the sub-sequence group g 0 to the signals of other cells. At another moment, the first sequence group is the sub-sequence group g 1 , then the interference of this cell to other cells is the interference caused by the reference signal generated by the base sequence in the sub-sequence group g 1 to the signals of other cells. Therefore, hopping The sequence group method can randomize the interference caused by the reference signal of the cell to the signals of other cells. In the sequence group hopping process, the terminal equipment in the same cell that transmits the reference signal sequence of the same length on the same time-frequency resource still uses the reference signal sequence generated by the base sequence in the same subsequence group. For a specific terminal device, the terminal device may obtain a base sequence in the sub-sequence group by receiving the second indication information. It should be noted that the second sequence group in this embodiment may or may not carry the index of the subsequence group.
示例性地,终端设备可以根据第一指示信息来获取第二序列组的序列组索引或小区索引,假设第二序列组包括子序列组g 2和子序列组g 3。子序列组g 2由当前标准已经支持(legacy)的基序列组成,其中,M大于等于60时,长度为M的基序列的个数为2个,这两个基序列用于跳序列。子序列组g 3中长度为M的基序列的个数为X个。如图4所示,在第一指示信息所指示的第二序列组中,子序列组g 2中长度为M的基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为0和1,子序列组g 3中长度为M的基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为0、0+V 1、0+2×V 1。第三指示信息用于指示采用哪个子序列组,即终端设备可以根据第三指示信息确定第一序列组。例如,对于不能支持本申请实施例的终端设备,如版本15(release 15,R15)和/或R16的终端设备,第三指示信息可以指示这类终端设备采用子序列组g 2。对于可以支持本申请实施例的终端设备,如R17的终端设备,第三指示信息可以指示这类终端你设备采用子序列组g 3。上述两类终端设备可以在不同的时频资源上发送由各自对应的 序列组中的基序列确定的参考信号序列,不会造成彼此之间的干扰。能够支持本申请实施例的多个终端设备可以在相同的时频资源上发送由上述第一序列组中的不同基序列确定的参考信号序列,彼此之间的干扰比较小。因此,申请实施例能够支持更多的终端设备同时同频发送参考信号,并保证终端设备彼此之间的参考信号干扰足够小,保证网络设备对这一类终端设备的信道测量精度。 Exemplarily, the terminal device may obtain the sequence group index or the cell index of the second sequence group according to the first indication information, assuming that the second sequence group includes a sub-sequence group g 2 and a sub-sequence group g 3 . The sub-sequence group g 2 is composed of base sequences that are already supported by the current standard (legacy). When M is greater than or equal to 60, the number of base sequences of length M is two, and these two base sequences are used for hopping sequences. G 3 group sequence length M is the number of the base sequence of the X. As shown in FIG. 4, in the second sequence group indicated by the first indication information, the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence of length M in the subsequence group g 2 are 0 and 1, respectively, and in the sub sequence group g 3 The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence of length M are 0, 0+V 1 , and 0+2×V 1 respectively . The third indication information is used to indicate which subsequence group to use, that is, the terminal device can determine the first sequence group according to the third indication information. For example, for terminal devices that cannot support the embodiments of the present application, such as release 15 (R15) and/or R16 terminal devices, the third indication information may indicate that such terminal devices adopt the sub-sequence group g 2 . For terminal devices that can support the embodiments of the present application, such as R17 terminal devices, the third indication information may indicate that this type of terminal your device uses the sub-sequence group g 3 . The foregoing two types of terminal devices can transmit reference signal sequences determined by the base sequences in the respective sequence groups on different time-frequency resources, without causing interference between each other. Multiple terminal devices that can support the embodiments of the present application can transmit reference signal sequences determined by different base sequences in the first sequence group on the same time-frequency resource, and the interference between each other is relatively small. Therefore, the application embodiment can support more terminal devices to send reference signals at the same frequency at the same time, and ensure that the reference signal interference between the terminal devices is small enough to ensure the channel measurement accuracy of this type of terminal device by the network device.
可选地,上述第三指示信息可以使用一个单独的字段来显示配置,作为参考信号资源配置信息的一部分;或者,第三指示信息可以与其他信息绑定,采用隐式的方式指示。Optionally, the foregoing third indication information may use a separate field to display the configuration as a part of the reference signal resource configuration information; or, the third indication information may be bound to other information and be indicated in an implicit manner.
可选地,子序列组g 0和子序列组g 1中所包括的基序列可以完全不同,也可以部分相同。子序列组g 2和子序列组g 3中所包括的基序列可以完全不同,也可以部分相同。 Optionally, the base sequences included in the sub-sequence group g 0 and the sub-sequence group g 1 may be completely different or partly the same. The base sequences included in the sub-sequence group g 2 and the sub-sequence group g 3 may be completely different or partly the same.
需要说明的是,第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息可以通过相同的指令发送,也可以通过不同的指令发送,本申请实施例对此并不限定。It should be noted that the first instruction information, the second instruction information, and the third instruction information may be sent through the same instruction or through different instructions, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以根据参考信号序列的生成公式,将配置信息中配置的参数(例如,组索引或小区索引、跳序列组指示参数等)代入,得到分配给自己的一组基序列,或得到所述参考信号序列。In a possible implementation, the terminal device can substitute the parameters configured in the configuration information (for example, group index or cell index, hopping sequence group indicator parameters, etc.) into the reference signal sequence generation formula to obtain the assigned A set of base sequences, or the reference signal sequence can be obtained.
例如,终端设备可以通过下述预定义的公式得到生成所述参考信号序列的第一基序列对应的ZC序列的根q:For example, the terminal device may obtain the root q of the ZC sequence corresponding to the first base sequence of the reference signal sequence through the following predefined formula:
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000053
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000053
其中,u是根据上述第一指示信息确定的,f s是根据上述第三指示信息确定的,v是根据上述第二指示信息确定的,N为生成第一基序列的ZC序列的长度,D为大于1的整数,例如D=31。 Among them, u is determined according to the first indication information, f s is determined according to the third indication information, v is determined according to the second indication information, N is the length of the ZC sequence that generates the first base sequence, and D It is an integer greater than 1, for example, D=31.
终端设备可以使用根q和下述公式生成长度为M的第一基序列r(m):The terminal device can use the root q and the following formula to generate the first base sequence r(m) of length M:
r(m)=z q(m mod N),m=0,1,...M-1; r(m)=z q (m mod N), m=0,1,...M-1;
终端设备使用第一基序列r(m)和α即可得到参考信号序列x(m):The terminal equipment uses the first base sequence r(m) and α to obtain the reference signal sequence x(m):
x(m)=A·exp(jαm)r(m)x(m)=A·exp(jαm)r(m)
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以根据预定义的表格和上述配置信息,得到分配给自己的一组基序列。例如,预定义的表格定义了每个序列组包括的一个或多个基序列,终端设备可以通过配置信息得知所述X个基序列。又例如,预定义的表格定义了每个序列组包括的生成该序列组的一个或多个基序列的ZC序列的根,终端设备可以通过配置信息得知生成所述X个基序列的ZC序列的根。示例性地,上述第一序列组的X个基序列中第i个基序列r i(m)是由长度为N且根指标为q i的ZC序列
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000054
生成的,具体的生成公式为:
In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device can obtain a set of base sequences allocated to itself according to the predefined table and the above configuration information. For example, a predefined table defines one or more base sequences included in each sequence group, and the terminal device can learn the X base sequences through configuration information. For another example, a predefined table defines the roots of the ZC sequence that generates one or more base sequences of the sequence group included in each sequence group, and the terminal device can learn the ZC sequence that generates the X base sequences through configuration information The root. Exemplarily, the i-th base sequence r i (m) in the X base sequences of the above-mentioned first sequence group is a ZC sequence whose length is N and the root index is q i
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000054
The specific generating formula is:
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000055
其中,i=0,1,...,X,m=0,1,...,M-1,n=0,1,...,N-1。Among them, i=0,1,...,X, m=0,1,...,M-1, n=0,1,...,N-1.
作为一个可选的实施例,所述第一序列组属于Y个序列组,Y为大于或等于2的整数;所述Y个序列组中的第y个序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X (y),所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列是由长度为N的ZC序列确定的,X (y)为大于或等于2的整数,所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q′和(q′+V′)mod N,q′为1到N-1的整数,V′为整数,且V′的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 As an optional embodiment, the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups has a base sequence of length M The number is X (y) , the X (y) base sequences of length M are determined by the ZC sequence of length N, X (y) is an integer greater than or equal to 2, the X (y) The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two base sequences in a base sequence of length M are q′ and (q′+V′) mod N respectively, q′ is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V′ is an integer, And the value range of the absolute value of V'is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
上述Y个序列组中的不同序列组的V′的取值可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例 对此不作限定。在本实施例中,Y个序列组中的每个序列组都包括至少两个长度为M的基序列,使得该Y个序列组对应的每个小区中能够同时发送相同长度的参考信号的终端设备的个数至少变为原来的2倍,在增加参考信号序列个数的同时可以保证由同一个序列组中的任意两个相同长度的基序列生成的参考信号序列之间的干扰功率很低,使得参考信号序列间的干扰相比于信号低很多,有利于灵活的网络规划,提高网络设备基于参考信号序列的信道测量精确度。The value of V'of different sequence groups in the above Y sequence groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application. In this embodiment, each sequence group in the Y sequence groups includes at least two base sequences with a length of M, so that each cell corresponding to the Y sequence groups can simultaneously send terminals with the same length of reference signals The number of devices is at least doubled. While increasing the number of reference signal sequences, it can ensure that the interference power between the reference signal sequences generated by any two base sequences of the same length in the same sequence group is very low. , The interference between reference signal sequences is much lower than that of the signal, which facilitates flexible network planning and improves the accuracy of channel measurement of network equipment based on reference signal sequences.
作为一个可选的实施例,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的奇数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000056
或者,当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000057
表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
As an optional embodiment, when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000056
Or, when N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000057
Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
作为一个可选的实施例,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的奇数时,V′的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000058
或者,当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V′的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000059
表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
As an optional embodiment, when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V′ belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000058
Or, when N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V'belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000059
Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
第一阈值和第二阈值可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不作限定。应理解,上述第一阈值可以是网络设备确定的,终端设备并不需要知道第一阈值。换句话说,网络设备可以确定第一阈值,并根据该第一阈值以及N,确定V 1的绝对值和/或V′的绝对值的一个或多个取值,该网络设备可以将V 1的绝对值和/或V′的绝对值的一个或多个取值分配给终端设备,该终端设备可以直接根据网络设备发送的V 1的绝对值和/或V′的绝对值的一个或多个取值,确定基序列,进而确定参考信号序列并发送。第二阈值同理,此处不再赘述。 The first threshold and the second threshold may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the foregoing first threshold may be determined by a network device, and the terminal device does not need to know the first threshold. In other words, the network device may determine the first threshold, and determine one or more values of the absolute value of V 1 and/or the absolute value of V′ according to the first threshold and N, and the network device may determine the absolute value of V 1 One or more values of the absolute value of V and/or the absolute value of V'are assigned to the terminal device, and the terminal device can be directly based on one or more of the absolute value of V 1 and/or the absolute value of V'sent by the network device. Take a value, determine the base sequence, and then determine the reference signal sequence and send it. The second threshold is the same and will not be repeated here.
示例性地,上述第一阈值和/或第二阈值的取值可以为B 1、B 2或B 3中的任意一个,其中,B 1、B 2或B 3与β的关系满足如下表二中的至少一行。 Exemplarily, the value of the first threshold and/or the second threshold may be any one of B 1 , B 2 or B 3 , where the relationship between B 1 , B 2 or B 3 and β satisfies the following table 2 At least one line in.
表二Table II
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000060
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000060
这样,可以针对不同的β和不同的信道相干带宽,对V 1的绝对值和/或V′的绝对值的取值范围进行优化,使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号序列的干扰功率很低。同时,本申请实施例不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。 In this way, the absolute value of V 1 and/or the range of the absolute value of V'can be optimized for different β and different channel coherence bandwidths, so that under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when there are β When the terminal device determines the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values, the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal sequence determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low . At the same time, the embodiment of the present application does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,B 1、B 2或B 3对应的相干带宽是依次增加的。网络设备可以根据相干带宽,确定采用上述B 1、B 2或B 3。在一种可能的设计中,若相干带宽约为3-5资源块(resource  block,RB)、6RB、8RB或10RB,第一阈值和/或第二阈值属于B 1;若相干带宽约为6RB或12RB,第一阈值和/或第二阈值属于B 2;若相干带宽约为12RB或24RB,第一阈值和/或第二阈值属于B 3Optionally, the coherence bandwidth corresponding to B 1 , B 2 or B 3 is sequentially increased. The network device may determine to use the above B 1 , B 2 or B 3 according to the coherent bandwidth. In one possible design, if the coherence bandwidth is about 3-5 resource blocks (resource block, RB), 6RB, 8RB or 10RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 1 ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 6RB Or 12RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 2 ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 12 RB or 24 RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 3 .
可选地,网络设备可以进一步结合梳齿和相干带宽,确定采用上述B 1、B 2或B 3。以SRS序列为例,在一种可能的设计中,当SRS以梳齿2向频域资源映射时,若相干带宽约为3-5RB,第一阈值和/或第二阈值属于B 1;若相干带宽约为6RB,第一阈值和/或第二阈值属于B 2;若相干带宽约为12RB,第一阈值和/或第二阈值属于B 3。在另一种可能的设计中,当SRS以梳齿4向频域资源映射时,若相干带宽约为6RB、8RB或10RB,第一阈值和/或第二阈值属于B 1;若相干带宽约为12RB,第一阈值和/或第二阈值属于B 2;若相干带宽约为24RB,第一阈值和/或第二阈值属于B 3Optionally, the network device may further combine the comb teeth and the coherent bandwidth to determine to use the foregoing B 1 , B 2 or B 3 . Taking the SRS sequence as an example, in a possible design, when the SRS is mapped to frequency domain resources by comb 2 and the coherence bandwidth is about 3-5 RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 1 ; if The coherence bandwidth is about 6RB, and the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 2 ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 12 RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 3 . In another possible design, when the SRS is mapped to frequency domain resources with comb 4, if the coherence bandwidth is about 6RB, 8RB or 10RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 1 ; if the coherence bandwidth is about If it is 12RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 2 ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 24 RB, the first threshold and/or the second threshold belong to B 3 .
当然,以上只是示例,上述B1、B 2或B3还可以对应其它相干带宽和/或其他梳齿,在此不再赘述。 Of course, the above is only an example, the above-described B1, B 2 and B3 may correspond also to other coherent bandwidth and / or other comb teeth, are not repeated here.
应理解,为便于描述,后面仅针对V 1的绝对值的取值范围进行详细解释,V′的绝对值的取值范围与V 1的绝对值的取值范围相同,不再赘述。 It should be understood that, for ease of description, only the value range of the absolute value of V 1 will be explained in detail below, and the value range of the absolute value of V′ is the same as the value range of the absolute value of V 1 and will not be repeated.
示例性地,针对不同的β和不同的相干带宽,V 1的绝对值的取值范围可以属于下表三所示的集合A γ,β,β=1,2,4,8,γ=1,2,3,4。其中,集合A γ,β表示列γ和行β对应的集合。 Exemplarily, for different β and different coherence bandwidths, the value range of the absolute value of V 1 may belong to the set A γ, β , β=1, 2, 4, 8, γ=1 shown in Table 3 below. ,2,3,4. Among them, the set A γ, β represents the set corresponding to the column γ and the row β.
表三Table Three
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000061
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000061
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000062
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000062
这样,可以针对不同的β和不同的信道相干带宽,对V 1的绝对值的取值范围进行优化,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号序列的干扰功率很低。同时,本申请实施例不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。 In this way, the absolute value range of V 1 can be optimized for different β and different channel coherence bandwidths, so that under the flatness of the frequency domain of different channels, when there are β terminal devices based on a sequence group When the reference signal sequence is determined by the same base sequence and β different cyclic shift values, the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal sequence determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, the embodiment of the present application does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,A 1,β至A 4,β(β∈{1,2,4,8})对应的相干带宽是依次增加的。网络设备可以根据相干带宽,确定采用上述哪一个集合。在一种可能的设计中,若相干带宽约为3RB或6RB,V 1的绝对值属于A 1,β;若相干带宽约为4RB或8RB,V 1的绝对值属于A 2,β;若相干带宽约为5RB或10RB,V 1的绝对值属于A 3,β;若相干带宽约为6RB或12RB,V 1的绝对值属于A 4,βOptionally, the coherence bandwidths corresponding to A 1,β to A 4,β (βε{1,2,4,8}) increase sequentially. The network device can determine which set to use according to the coherent bandwidth. In a possible design, if the coherence bandwidth is about 3RB or 6RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 1,β ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 4RB or 8RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 2,β ; The bandwidth is about 5RB or 10RB, and the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 3,β ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 6RB or 12RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 4,β .
可选地,网络设备可以进一步结合梳齿和相干带宽,确定采用上述哪一个集合。以SRS序列为例,在一种可能的设计中,当SRS以梳齿2向频域资源映射时,若相干带宽约为3RB,V 1的绝对值属于A 1,β;若相干带宽约为4RB,V 1的绝对值属于A 2,β;若相干带宽约为5RB,V 1的绝对值属于A 3,β;若相干带宽约为6RB,V 1的绝对值属于A 4,β。在另一种可能的设计中,当SRS以梳齿4向频域资源映射时,若相干带宽约为6RB,V 1的绝对值属于A 1,β;若相干带宽约为8RB,V 1的绝对值属于A 2,β;若相干带宽约为10RB,V 1的绝对值属于A 3,β;若相干带宽约为12RB,V 1的绝对值属于A 4,βOptionally, the network device may further combine comb teeth and coherent bandwidth to determine which set to use. Taking the SRS sequence as an example, in a possible design, when the SRS is mapped to frequency domain resources by comb 2 and the coherence bandwidth is about 3RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 1,β ; if the coherence bandwidth is about The absolute value of 4RB, V 1 belongs to A 2,β ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 5RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 3,β ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 6RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 4,β . In another possible design, when SRS is mapped to frequency domain resources with comb teeth, if the coherence bandwidth is about 6 RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 1,β ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 8 RB, the value of V 1 The absolute value belongs to A 2,β ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 10RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 3,β ; if the coherence bandwidth is about 12RB, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to A 4,β .
当然,以上只是示例,A 1,β至A 4,β(β∈{1,2,4,8})还可以对应其它相干带宽和/或其他梳齿,在此不再赘述。 Of course, the above is only an example, and A 1,β to A 4,β (βε{1,2,4,8}) can also correspond to other coherence bandwidths and/or other comb teeth, which will not be repeated here.
应理解,可以针对上述γ的至少一个取值和/或β的至少一个取值确定V 1的绝对值的取值范围。例如,V 1的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000063
的取值可以采用如下方案中的任意一种:
It should be understood that the value range of the absolute value of V 1 may be determined for at least one value of γ and/or at least one value of β. For example, the absolute value of V 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000063
The value of can adopt any of the following schemes:
(1)令
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000064
γ∈{1,2,3,4}。
(1) Order
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000064
γ∈{1,2,3,4}.
该方案适用于仅针对某个相干带宽做优化。例如,相干带宽约为4RB或8RB,按照γ=2进行优化,则
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000065
不同的相干带宽适用于不同的信道频选特性, 相干带宽越大,越适用于在频域上平坦的信道。
This scheme is suitable for optimizing only for a certain coherent bandwidth. For example, the coherence bandwidth is about 4RB or 8RB, optimized according to γ=2, then
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000065
Different coherence bandwidths are suitable for different channel frequency selection characteristics. The larger the coherence bandwidth, the more suitable for channels that are flat in the frequency domain.
(2)令
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000066
β∈{1,2,4,8}。
(2) Order
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000066
β∈{1,2,4,8}.
该方案适用于仅针对某个不同的参考信号序列个数做优化。例如,按照β=2进行优化,则
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000067
This scheme is suitable for optimizing only for a certain number of different reference signal sequences. For example, optimize according to β=2, then
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000067
(3)令
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000068
β∈{1,2,4,8},γ∈{1,2,3,4}。
(3) Order
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000068
β∈{1,2,4,8}, γ∈{1,2,3,4}.
该方案适用于针对某个相干带宽和某个不同的参考信号序列个数做优化。例如,按照γ=2和β=4进行优化,则
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000069
This scheme is suitable for optimizing for a certain coherence bandwidth and a certain number of different reference signal sequences. For example, optimizing according to γ=2 and β=4, then
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000069
(4)令
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000070
γ 12,…,γ k∈{1,2,3,4}且γ 12,…,γ k互不相同,k为整数且k≤4。
(4) Order
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000070
γ 1 , γ 2 ,..., γ k ∈ {1,2,3,4} and γ 1 , γ 2 ,..., γ k are different from each other, k is an integer and k≤4.
该方案适用于针对几个不同的相干带宽做联合优化。例如,对每一个序列组,选择的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000071
使得由根q 1和根(q 1+V 1)mod N确定的两个参考信号序列在相干带宽为3RB和4RB(或者,6RB和8RB)下序列间干扰功率很低。
This scheme is suitable for joint optimization for several different coherent bandwidths. For example, for each sequence group, the selected
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000071
Therefore, the inter-sequence interference power of the two reference signal sequences determined by the root q 1 and the root (q 1 +V 1 ) mod N is very low when the coherence bandwidth is 3RB and 4RB (or 6RB and 8RB).
(5)令
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000072
β 12,…,β l∈{1,2,4,8}且β 12,…,β l互不相同,l为整数且l≤4。
(5) Order
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000072
β 1 , β 2 ,..., β l ∈ {1,2,4,8} and β 1 , β 2 ,..., β l are different from each other, l is an integer and l≤4.
该方案适用于针对几个不同的β做联合优化。例如,对每一个序列组,选择的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000073
使得由根q 1和根(q 1+V 1)mod N确定的两个参考信号序列在β=1和β=2两种情况下序列间的干扰功率很低。
This scheme is suitable for joint optimization for several different βs. For example, for each sequence group, the selected
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000073
Therefore, the interference power between the two reference signal sequences determined by the root q 1 and the root (q 1 +V 1 ) mod N is very low in the two cases of β=1 and β=2.
作为一个可选的实施例,上述X个基序列中的第i个基序列的ZC序列的根q i满足以下公式中的至少一个: As an optional embodiment, the root q i of the ZC sequence of the i-th base sequence in the above X base sequences satisfies at least one of the following formulas:
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000074
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000074
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000075
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000075
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000076
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000076
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000077
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000077
其中,D是大于1的整数,例如D=31。当上述第一序列组为上述第二序列组时,f s=0,或者,当上述第一序列组只包含上述第二序列组中的部分基序列时,f s是根据第三指示信息确定的、大于或等于零的整数,v i是集合C={0,c 1,...,c X-1}中的元素,c i为整数。u是根据上述第一序列组或第二序列组的组索引或小区索引确定的整数。 Wherein, D is an integer greater than 1, for example, D=31. When the first sequence group is the second sequence group, f s =0, or when the first sequence group only contains part of the base sequence in the second sequence group, f s is determined according to the third indication information , integers greater than or equal to zero, v i is the set C = {0, c 1, ..., c X-1} elements, c i is an integer. u is an integer determined according to the group index or cell index of the first sequence group or the second sequence group.
作为一个可选的实施例,当X是大于或等于2的整数时,|c i|∈[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],i=1,2,...,X-1。可选地,c i为根据V 1确定的整数。 As an optional embodiment, when X is an integer greater than or equal to 2, |c i |∈[K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ],i=1, 2,..., X-1. Alternatively, c i is an integer determined according to V 1.
V 1的特征在于: The characteristics of V 1 are:
(1)V 1为整数; (1) V 1 is an integer;
(2)存在不同的N,使得V 1的取值不同; (2) There are different N, making the value of V 1 different;
(3)对于不同的u,V 1的取值可以相同,也可以不同; (3) For different u, the value of V 1 can be the same or different;
(4)对于不同的f s,V 1的取值可以相同,也可以不同; (4) For different f s , the value of V 1 can be the same or different;
(5)存在N和u和f s,使得V 1的绝对值属于[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],当N为奇数时,K 1>1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000078
K 4<N-1;当N为偶数时,K 1>1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000079
K 4<N-1。
(5) There are N and u and f s , so that the absolute value of V 1 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ]. When N is an odd number, K 1 >1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000078
K 4 <N-1; when N is an even number, K 1 >1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000079
K 4 <N-1.
当X为大于或等于2的整数时,该第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数大于或等于2。为了描述方便,以X=2为例进行说明。令第一序列组中长度为M的两个基序列分别为第一基序列和第二基序列,用于生成该第一基序列的第一ZC序列的根为q 1,用于生成该第二基序列的第二ZC序列的根为q 2,则在上述四个公式(1)~(4)中,至少存在一个公式可以用于确定上述第一ZC序列的根q 1和上述第二ZC序列的根q 2,其中,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000080
D=31。V 1的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000081
的取值可以分下列多种情况。
When X is an integer greater than or equal to 2, the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is greater than or equal to 2. For the convenience of description, take X=2 as an example for description. Let the two base sequences of length M in the first sequence group be the first base sequence and the second base sequence, respectively, and the root of the first ZC sequence used to generate the first base sequence is q 1 , which is used to generate the first base sequence. The root of the second ZC sequence of the two base sequence is q 2 , then in the above four formulas (1) to (4), at least one formula can be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the second The root q 2 of the ZC sequence, where v 1 =0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000080
D=31. Absolute value of V 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000081
The value of can be divided into the following situations.
需要注意的是,对于任意整数K,由于
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000082
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000083
时根据上述四个公式中的公式(1)(或者其他公式)生成的根,与
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000084
时根据上述公式(1)(或者其他公式)生成的根相等。因此,对于任意整数E和任意整数F,如果E mod N=F mod N,那么
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000085
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000086
等价。后续其他实施例(例如,V 2、V 3、V 4、W 1、W 2、W 3、O 1、O 2或P)同理,不再赘述。
It should be noted that for any integer K, since
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000082
which is
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000083
When the root generated according to formula (1) (or other formulas) in the above four formulas, and
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000084
When the roots generated according to the above formula (1) (or other formulas) are equal. Therefore, for any integer E and any integer F, if E mod N = F mod N, then
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000085
versus
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000086
equivalence. Other subsequent embodiments (for example, V 2 , V 3 , V 4 , W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , O 1 , O 2 or P) have the same principle, and will not be repeated.
情况一Situation One
针对不同的N,V 1的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000087
可以属于下表四所示的集合A 1,A 1与N的对应关系满足表四中的至少一行。可选地,公式(1)~(4)中至少存在一个公式可以用于确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1和所述第二ZC序列的根q 2
For different N, the absolute value of V 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000087
It may belong to the set A 1 shown in Table 4 below, and the corresponding relationship between A 1 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 4. Optionally, at least one of formulas (1) to (4) can be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence.
表四Table Four
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000088
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000088
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000089
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000089
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000090
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000090
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000091
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000091
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000092
来确定q 1和q 2,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000092
To determine q 1 and q 2 , under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when β terminal devices determine the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values, The sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
情况二Situation two
针对不同的N,V 1的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000093
可以属于下表五所示的集合A 2,A 2与N的对应关系满足表五中的至少一行。可选地,可以根据公式(1)确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1和所述第二ZC序列的根q 2
For different N, the absolute value of V 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000093
It may belong to the set A 2 shown in Table 5 below, and the corresponding relationship between A 2 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 5. Optionally, the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence may be determined according to formula (1).
表五Table 5
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000094
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000094
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000095
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000095
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000096
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000096
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000097
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000097
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000098
来确定q 1和q 2,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000098
To determine q 1 and q 2 , under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when β terminal devices determine the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values, The sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
情况三Situation three
针对不同的N,V 1的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000099
可以属于下表就所示的集合A 3,A 3与N的对应关系满足表六中的至少一行。可选地,可以根据公式(3)确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1和所述第二ZC序列的根q 2
For different N, the absolute value of V 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000099
It can belong to the set A 3 shown in the following table, and the corresponding relationship between A 3 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 6. Optionally, the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence may be determined according to formula (3).
表六Table 6
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000100
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000100
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000101
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000101
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000102
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000102
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000103
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000103
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000104
来确定q 1和q 2,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000104
To determine q 1 and q 2 , under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when β terminal devices determine the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values, The sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
情况四Situation four
针对不同的N,V 1的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000105
可以属于下表七所示的集合A 4,A 4与N的对应关系满足表七中的至少一行。可选地,公式(1)~(4)中至少存在一个公式可以用于确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1和所述第二ZC序列的根q 2
For different N, the absolute value of V 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000105
It can belong to the set A 4 shown in Table 7 below, and the corresponding relationship between A 4 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 7. Optionally, at least one of formulas (1) to (4) can be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence.
表七Table Seven
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000106
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000106
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000107
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000107
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000108
来确定q 1和q 2,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000108
To determine q 1 and q 2 , under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when β terminal devices determine the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values, The sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为3RB、4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为6RB、8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
情况五Situation five
针对不同的N,V 1的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000109
可以属于下表八所示的集合A 5,A 5与N的对应关系满足表八中的至少一行。可选地,可以使用公式(3)确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1和所述第二ZC序列的根q 2
For different N, the absolute value of V 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000109
It may belong to the set A 5 shown in Table 8 below, and the corresponding relationship between A 5 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 8. Optionally, formula (3) may be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence.
表八Table 8
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000110
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000110
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000111
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000111
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000112
来确定q 1和q 2,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000112
To determine q 1 and q 2 , under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when β terminal devices determine the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values, The sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为3RB、4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为6RB、8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB).
情况六Situation six
针对不同的N,V 1的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000113
可以等于A 6或者A 7,A 6或者A 7与N的对应关系满足表九中的至少一行。可选地,可以使用公式(3)确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1和所述第二ZC序列的根q 2
For different N, the absolute value of V 1
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000113
It can be equal to A 6 or A 7 , and the corresponding relationship between A 6 or A 7 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 9. Optionally, formula (3) may be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence and the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence.
表九Table 9
NN A 6 A 6 A 7 A 7
113113 3131 1717
131131 33 4646
139139 3838 21twenty one
151151 44 5353
167167 7979 2525
179179 4949 2727
191191 3030 6767
199199 4444 3030
211211 100100 7474
227227 66 3434
239239 113113 3636
251251 119119 8888
263263 7272 9292
271271 7474 9595
283283 134134 9999
311311 148148 109109
317317 150150 127127
331331 4646 5050
359359 170170 3636
383383 138138 134134
389389 99 3939
401401 191191 4040
431431 1010 4343
449449 162162 4545
479479 131131 4848
503503 7070 5050
523523 248248 5252
547547 259259 5555
571571 272272 8686
619619 8686 248248
647647 1515 226226
661661 9292 231231
719719 1717 288288
761761 1818 7676
787787 284284 275275
811811 1919 8181
863863 2020 130130
911911 21twenty one 365365
953953 22twenty two 333333
997997 23twenty three 9999
10511051 501501 421421
11031103 2626 166166
11511151 2727 461461
12371237 2929 123123
12911291 3030 451451
13271327 3131 132132
14391439 3434 143143
15311531 3636 152152
15831583 3737 553553
16271627 3838 245245
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000114
来确定q 1和q 2,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000114
To determine q 1 and q 2 , under the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when β terminal devices determine the reference signal sequence based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values, The sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on another base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。例如,针对梳齿为2且相干带宽为4RB的场景,或者梳齿为4且相干带宽为8RB的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000115
属于A 7;针对其他场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000116
可以属于A 6,也可以属于A 7。当然,以上只是示例,A 6和A 7还可以对应其它相干带宽和其他β值,在此不再赘述。
Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB). For example, for a scene with a comb tooth of 2 and a coherent bandwidth of 4RB, or a scene with a comb tooth of 4 and a coherent bandwidth of 8RB,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000115
Belongs to A 7 ; for other scenarios,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000116
It can belong to A 6 or A 7 . Of course, the above is just an example, and A 6 and A 7 can also correspond to other coherence bandwidths and other β values, which will not be repeated here.
作为一个可选的实施例,X为大于或等于3的整数,所述X个基序列中包括三个基序列,所述三个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 2、(q 2+V 2)mod N和(q 2+W 1)mod N,其中,q 2为1到N-1的整数,V 2为整数,且V 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 1为整数,且W 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 As an optional embodiment, X is an integer greater than or equal to 3, the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the three base sequences are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 )mod N and (q 2 +W 1 )mod N, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 2 ranges from [K 1 , K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
应理解,本实施例中的三个基序列可以包括上述实施例中的两个基序列中的至少一个,也可以是不同于上述两个基序列的其他序列,即q 2与q 1可以相等,也可以不相等,V 2与V 1可以相等,也可以不相等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。 It should be understood that the three base sequences in this embodiment may include at least one of the two base sequences in the foregoing embodiment, or may be other sequences different from the foregoing two base sequences, that is, q 2 and q 1 may be equal , It may not be equal, V 2 and V 1 may be equal or not, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为一个可选的实施例,当X是大于或等于3的整数时,|c i|∈[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],i=1,2,...,X-1。可选地,c i为根据V 2确定的整数。 As an optional embodiment, when X is an integer greater than or equal to 3, |c i |∈[K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ],i=1, 2,..., X-1. Optionally, c i is an integer determined according to V 2 .
在该实施例中,W 1可以是根据V 2确定的,或者V 2可以是根据W 1确定的,或者V 2和W 1可以是独立设计的值,彼此没有明确的直接确定关系,本申请实施例对此也不作限定。 In this embodiment, W 1 may be determined according to V 2 , or V 2 may be determined according to W 1 , or V 2 and W 1 may be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other. This application The embodiment also does not limit this.
作为一个可选的实施例,V 2和W 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 1=-V 2,或W 1=(2×V 2)mod N。 As an optional embodiment, the relationship between V 2 and W 1 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 1 =-V 2 , or W 1 =(2×V 2 ) mod N.
V 2的特征在于: The characteristics of V 2 are:
(1)V 2为整数; (1) V 2 is an integer;
(2)存在不同的N,使得V 2的取值不同; (2) There are different N, which makes the value of V 2 different;
(3)对于不同的u,V 2的取值可以相同,也可以不同; (3) For different u, the value of V 2 can be the same or different;
(4)存在N和u,使得V 2的绝对值属于[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 (4) There are N and u, so that the absolute value of V 2 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
W 1的特征在于: The characteristics of W 1 are:
(1)W 1为整数; (1) W 1 is an integer;
(2)存在不同的N,使得W 1的取值不同; (2) There are different N, which makes the value of W 1 different;
(3)对于不同的u,W 1的取值可以相同,也可以不同; (3) For different u, the value of W 1 can be the same or different;
(4)存在N和u,使得W 1的绝对值属于[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 (4) There are N and u, so that the absolute value of W 1 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
当X为大于或等于3的整数时,该第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数大于或等于3。为了描述方便,以X=3为例进行说明。假设该三个基序列包括上述X=2的实施例中的两个基序列,针对第一序列组中的第一基序列、第二基序列和第三基序列,用于生成该第一基序列的第一ZC序列的根为q 1,用于生成该第二基序列的第二ZC序列的根为q 2,用于生成该第三基序列的第三ZC序列的根为q 3,则在上述四个公式(1)~(4)中,i=1,2,3,v1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000117
或者v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000118
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000119
时,W 1=-V 2;当
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000120
时,W 1=(2×V 2)mod N。V 2和W 1的绝对值的取值可以分下列多种情况。
When X is an integer greater than or equal to 3, the number of base sequences with a length of M in the first sequence group is greater than or equal to 3. For the convenience of description, take X=3 as an example. Assuming that the three base sequences include the two base sequences in the embodiment where X=2, the first base sequence, the second base sequence, and the third base sequence in the first sequence group are used to generate the first base sequence. The root of the first ZC sequence of the sequence is q 1 , the root of the second ZC sequence used to generate the second base sequence is q 2 , and the root of the third ZC sequence used to generate the third base sequence is q 3 , Then in the above four formulas (1) ~ (4), i = 1, 2, 3, v1 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000117
Or v 1 =0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000118
when
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000119
When, W 1 =-V 2 ; when
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000120
When, W 1 =(2×V 2 )mod N. The absolute values of V 2 and W 1 can be divided into the following situations.
情况一Situation One
针对不同的N,V 2的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000121
可以属于下表十所示的集合A 8或者A 9,集合A 8或者 A 9与N的对应关系满足表十中的至少一行。可选地,公式(1)~(4)中至少存在一个公式可以用于确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1、所述第二ZC序列的根q 2和所述第三ZC序列的根q 3,其中,i=1,2,3,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000122
或者v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000123
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000124
For different absolute values of N and V 2
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000121
It may belong to the set A 8 or A 9 shown in Table 10 below, and the correspondence between the set A 8 or A 9 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 10. Optionally, at least one formula in formulas (1) to (4) can be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence, the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence, and the root q 2 of the third ZC sequence. Root q 3 , where i=1, 2, 3, v 1 =0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000122
Or v 1 =0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000123
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000124
表十Table 10
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000125
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000125
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000126
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000126
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000127
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000127
上述集合A 8和集合A 9的并集可以称为A 50The union of the above set A 8 and the set A 9 can be referred to as A 50 .
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000128
来确定q 1、q 2和q 3,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000128
To determine q 1 , q 2 and q 3 , it is possible to determine the reference signal based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values under the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are β terminal devices During the sequence, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。例如,针对β=1,2或4的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000129
属于A 8;针对β=8的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000130
属于A 9。当然,以上只是示例,A 8和A 9还可以对应其他β值,在此不再赘述。
Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB). For example, for a scenario where β=1, 2 or 4,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000129
Belongs to A 8 ; for the scenario where β=8,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000130
Belongs to A 9 . Of course, the above is only an example, and A 8 and A 9 can also correspond to other β values, which will not be repeated here.
情况二Situation two
针对不同的N,V 2的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000131
可以属于下表十一所示的集合A 10或者A 11,集合A 10或者A 11与N的对应关系满足表十一中的至少一行。可选地,可以根据公式(3)确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1、所述第二ZC序列的根q 2和所述第三ZC序列的根q 3,其中,i=1,2,3,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000132
For different absolute values of N and V 2
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000131
It may belong to the set A 10 or A 11 shown in Table 11 below, and the correspondence between the set A 10 or A 11 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 11. Optionally, the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence, the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence, and the root q 3 of the third ZC sequence may be determined according to formula (3), where i=1, 2, 3, v 1 =0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000132
表十一Table 11
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000133
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000133
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000134
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000134
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000135
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000135
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000136
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000136
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000137
来确定q 1、q 2和q 3,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000137
To determine q 1 , q 2 and q 3 , it is possible to determine the reference signal based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values under the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are β terminal devices During the sequence, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。例如,针对β=1,2或4的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000138
属于A 10;针对β=8的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000139
属于A 11。当然,以上只是示例,A 10和A 11还可以对应其他β值,在此不再赘述。
Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB). For example, for a scenario where β=1, 2 or 4,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000138
Belongs to A 10 ; for the scenario where β=8,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000139
Belongs to A 11 . Of course, the above is only an example, and A 10 and A 11 can also correspond to other β values, which will not be repeated here.
情况三Situation three
针对不同的N,V 2的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000140
可以属于下表十二所示的集合A 12或者A 13,集合A 12或者A 13与N的对应关系满足表十二中的至少一行。可选地,公式(1)~(4)中至少存在一个公式可以用于确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1、所述第二ZC序列的根q 2和所述第三ZC序列的根q 3,其中,i=1,2,3,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000141
或者v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000142
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000143
For different absolute values of N and V 2
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000140
It may belong to the set A 12 or A 13 shown in Table 12 below, and the correspondence between the set A 12 or A 13 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 12. Optionally, at least one formula in formulas (1) to (4) can be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence, the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence, and the root q 2 of the third ZC sequence. Root q 3 , where i=1, 2, 3, v 1 =0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000141
Or v 1 =0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000142
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000143
表十二Table 12
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000144
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000144
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000145
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000145
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000146
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000146
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000147
来确定q 1、q 2和q 3,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000147
To determine q 1 , q 2 and q 3 , it is possible to determine the reference signal based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values under the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are β terminal devices During the sequence, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为3RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为6RB)。例如,针对β=1,2或4的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000148
属于A 12;针对β=8的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000149
属于A 13。当然,以上只是示例,A 12和A 13还可以对应其他β值,在此不再赘述。
Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherent bandwidth is 3RB; or, the comb tooth is At 4, the coherent bandwidth is 6RB). For example, for a scenario where β=1, 2 or 4,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000148
Belongs to A 12 ; for the scenario where β=8,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000149
Belongs to A 13 . Of course, the above is only an example, and A 12 and A 13 can also correspond to other β values, which will not be repeated here.
情况四Situation four
针对不同的N,V 2的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000150
可以为A 14或者A 15,A 14或者A 15与N的对应关系满足表十三中的至少一行。可以根据公式(3)确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1、所述第二ZC序列的根q 2和所述第三ZC序列的根q 3,其中,i=1,2,3,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000151
For different absolute values of N and V 2
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000150
It can be A 14 or A 15 , and the corresponding relationship between A 14 or A 15 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 13. The root q 1 of the first ZC sequence, the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence, and the root q 3 of the third ZC sequence can be determined according to formula (3), where i=1, 2, 3, v 1 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000151
表十三Table 13
NN A 14(β=1,2,4) A 14 (β=1,2,4) A 15(β=8) A 15 (β=8)
113113  To  To
131131 1818  To
139139 1919 24twenty four
151151 21twenty one 21twenty one
167167 23twenty three 44
179179 6565 2525
191191 6969 2727
199199 1818 1414
211211 88 23twenty three
227227 3131 1616
239239 3333 4343
251251 3535 3535
263263 3636 2929
271271 3737 1919
283283 102102 44
311311 113113 1717
317317 115115 3232
331331 4646 4646
359359 4949 3939
383383 139139 21twenty one
389389 5454 3030
401401 5555 1111
431431 5959 66
449449 163163 100100
479479 174174 3737
503503 6969 5151
523523 7373 5353
547547 7575 88
571571 7878 88
619619 8585 3434
647647 235235 5050
661661 240240 5151
719719 261261 7373
761761 104104 1818
787787 109109 1212
811811 111111 1212
863863 118118 9595
911911 125125 22twenty two
953953 132132 1414
997997 362362 1414
10511051 144144 5050
11031103 151151 1616
11511151 418418 1717
12371237 449449 1818
12911291 177177 1818
13271327 182182 3131
14391439 197197 3434
15311531 210210 22twenty two
15831583 217217 3737
16271627 223223 24twenty four
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000152
来确定q 1、q 2和q 3,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000152
To determine q 1 , q 2 and q 3 , it is possible to determine the reference signal based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values under the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are β terminal devices During the sequence, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。例如,针对β=1,2或4的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000153
属于A 10;针对β=8的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000154
属于A 11。当然,以上只是示例,A 10和A 11还可以对应其他β值,在此不再赘述。
Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB ; Or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB). For example, for a scenario where β=1, 2 or 4,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000153
Belongs to A 10 ; for the scenario where β=8,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000154
Belongs to A 11 . Of course, the above is only an example, and A 10 and A 11 can also correspond to other β values, which will not be repeated here.
作为一个可选的实施例,X为大于或等于4的整数,所述X个基序列包括四个基序列,所述四个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 3、(q 3+V 3)mod N、(q 3+W 2)mod N和(q 3+O 1)mod N,其中,q 3为1到N-1的整数,V 3为整数,且V 3的绝对值的取值范围为 [K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 2为整数,且W 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 1为整数,且O 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 As an optional embodiment, X is an integer greater than or equal to 4, the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the four base sequences are q 3 , (q 3 + V 3 )mod N, (q 3 +W 2 )mod N, and (q 3 +O 1 )mod N, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 3 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 3 The value range of is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of W 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
应理解,本实施例中的四个基序列可以包括上述实施例中已经提及的基序列中的至少一个,也可以是不同与上述基序列的其他序列,即 q3q1q2可以相等,也可以不相等,V 3与V 1或V 2可以相等,也可以不相等,W 2与W 1可以相等,也可以不相等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。 It should be understood that the four base sequences in this embodiment may include at least one of the base sequences mentioned in the above-mentioned embodiments, or may be other sequences different from the above-mentioned base sequences, that is, q3 and q1 or q2 may be equal, It may also be unequal. V 3 and V 1 or V 2 may be equal or unequal. W 2 and W 1 may be equal or unequal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为一个可选的实施例,当X是大于或等于4的整数时,|c i|∈[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],i=1,2,...,X-1。可选地,c i为根据V 3确定的整数。 As an optional embodiment, when X is an integer greater than or equal to 4, |c i |∈[K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ],i=1, 2,..., X-1. Optionally, c i is an integer determined according to V 3 .
在该实施例中,W 2可以是根据V 3确定的,或者V 3可以是根据W 2确定的,或者V 3和W 2可以是独立设计的值,彼此没有明确的直接确定关系,本申请实施例对此也不作限定。同理,O 1可以是根据V 3确定的,或者V 3可以是根据O 1确定的,或者V 3和O 1可以是独立设计的值,彼此没有明确的直接确定关系。 In this embodiment, W 2 may be determined based on V 3 , or V 3 may be determined based on W 2 , or V 3 and W 2 may be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other. This application The embodiment also does not limit this. Similarly, O 1 can be determined based on V 3 , or V 3 can be determined based on O 1 , or V 3 and O 1 can be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between them.
作为一个可选的实施例,V 3和W 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 2=-V 3,或W 2=(2×V 3)mod N;或者,V 3和O 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:O 1=(2×V 3)mod N,或O 1=(3×V 3)mod N。 As an optional embodiment, the relationship between V 3 and W 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 2 =-V 3 , or W 2 =(2×V 3 ) mod N; or, V 3 and O 1 The relationship of satisfies any one of the following formulas: O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N, or O 1 =(3×V 3 ) mod N.
作为一个可选的实施例,W 2=-V 3,O 1=(2×V 3)mod N;或者,W 2=(2×V 3)mod N,O 1=(3×V 3)mod N。 As an optional embodiment, W 2 =-V 3 , O 1 = (2×V 3 ) mod N; or, W 2 = (2×V 3 ) mod N, O 1 = (3×V 3 ) mod N.
V 3的特征在于: The characteristics of V 3 are:
(1)V 3为整数; (1) V 3 is an integer;
(2)存在不同的N,使得V 3的取值不同; (2) There are different N, making the value of V 3 different;
(3)对于不同的u,V 3的取值可以相同,也可以不同; (3) For different u, the value of V 3 can be the same or different;
(4)存在N和u,使得V 3的绝对值属于[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 (4) There are N and u, so that the absolute value of V 3 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
W 2的特征在于: The characteristics of W 2 are:
(1)W 2为整数; (1) W 2 is an integer;
(2)存在不同的N,使得W 2的取值不同; (2) There are different N, making the value of W 2 different;
(3)对于不同的u,W 2的取值可以相同,也可以不同; (3) For different u, the value of W 2 can be the same or different;
(4)存在N和u,使得W 2的绝对值属于[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 (4) There are N and u, so that the absolute value of W 2 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
O 1的特征在于: O 1 is characterized by:
(1)O 1为整数; (1) O 1 is an integer;
(2)存在不同的N,使得O 1的取值不同; (2) There are different N, which makes the value of O 1 different;
(3)对于不同的u,O 1的取值可以相同,也可以不同; (3) For different u, the value of O 1 can be the same or different;
(4)存在N和u,使得O 1的绝对值属于[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 (4) There are N and u, so that the absolute value of O 1 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
当X为大于或等于4的整数时,该第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数大于或等于4。为了描述方便,以X=4为例进行说明。假设该四个基序列包括上述X=3的实施例中的三个基序列,针对第一序列组中的第一基序列、第二基序列、第三基序列和第四基序列,用于生成该第一基序列的第一ZC序列的根为q 1,用于生成该第二基序列的第二ZC序列的根为q 2,用于生成该第三基序列的第三ZC序列的根为q 3,用于生成该第四基序列的第四ZC序列的根为q 4,则在上述四个公式(1)~(4)中,i=1,2,3,4,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000155
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000156
此时,W 2=-V 3,O 1=(2×V 3)mod N;或者,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000157
此时,W 2=(2×V 3)mod N,O 1=(2×V 3)mod N。V 3的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000158
的取值可以分下列多种情况。
When X is an integer greater than or equal to 4, the number of base sequences with a length of M in the first sequence group is greater than or equal to 4. For the convenience of description, X=4 is taken as an example for description. Assuming that the four base sequences include the three base sequences in the above-mentioned X=3 embodiment, the first base sequence, the second base sequence, the third base sequence, and the fourth base sequence in the first sequence group are used for The root of the first ZC sequence used to generate the first base sequence is q 1 , the root of the second ZC sequence used to generate the second base sequence is q 2 , the root of the third ZC sequence used to generate the third base sequence The root is q 3 , and the root of the fourth ZC sequence used to generate the fourth base sequence is q 4 , then in the above four formulas (1) ~ (4), i = 1, 2, 3, 4, v 1 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000155
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000156
At this time, W 2 =-V 3 , O 1 = (2×V 3 ) mod N; or, v 1 =0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000157
At this time, W 2 =(2×V 3 ) mod N, O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N. Absolute value of V 3
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000158
The value of can be divided into the following situations.
情况一Situation One
针对不同的N,V 3的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000159
可以属于下表十四所示的集合A 16、A 17或者A 18,集合A 16、A 17或者A 18与N的对应关系满足表十四中的至少一行。可选地,公式(1)~(4)中至少存在一个公式可以用于确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1、所述第二ZC序列的根q 2、所述第三ZC序列的根q 3和所述第四ZC序列的根q 4,其中,i=1,2,3,4,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000160
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000161
W 2=-V 3,O 1=(2×V 3)mod N;或者,v 1=0
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000162
W 2=(2×V 3)mod N,O 1=(2×V 3)mod N。
For different absolute values of N and V 3
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000159
It may belong to the set A 16 , A 17 or A 18 shown in Table 14 below, and the correspondence between the set A 16 , A 17 or A 18 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 14. Optionally, at least one formula in formulas (1) to (4) can be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence, the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence, and the root q 2 of the third ZC sequence. Root q 3 and the root q 4 of the fourth ZC sequence, where i=1, 2, 3, 4, v 1 =0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000160
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000161
W 2 =-V 3 , O 1 = (2×V 3 ) mod N; or, v 1 =0 ,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000162
W 2 =(2×V 3 ) mod N, O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N.
表十四Table 14
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000163
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000163
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000164
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000164
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000165
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000165
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000166
来确定q 1、q 2、q 3和q 4,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000166
To determine q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 , it can make the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when there are β terminal devices based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values When determining the reference signal sequence, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为3RB、4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为6RB、8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。例如,针对β=1,2或4,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000167
属于A 16;针对β=1,2或4,相干带宽为3RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为6RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000168
属于A 17;针对β=8,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000169
属于A 18。当然,以上只是示例,A 16、A 17和A 18还可以对应其他β值和其他相干带宽,在此不再赘述。
Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB). For example, for β=1, 2 or 4, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000167
Belongs to A 16 ; for β=1, 2 or 4, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 6RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000168
Belongs to A 17 ; For β=8, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000169
Belongs to A 18 . Of course, the above is just an example, and A 16 , A 17 and A 18 can also correspond to other β values and other coherent bandwidths, which will not be repeated here.
情况二Situation two
针对不同的N,V 3的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000170
可以属于下表十五所示的集合A 19、A 20或者A 21,集合A 19、A 20或者A 21与N的对应关系满足表十五中的至少一行。可选地,可以使用公式(3) 确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1、所述第二ZC序列的根q 2、所述第三ZC序列的根q 3和所述第四ZC序列的根q 4,其中,i=1,2,3,4,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000171
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000172
W 2=-V 3,O 1=(2×V 3)mod N。
For different absolute values of N and V 3
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000170
It may belong to the set A 19 , A 20 or A 21 shown in Table 15 below, and the correspondence between the set A 19 , A 20 or A 21 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 15. Alternatively, using equation (3) determining a first root ZC sequence q 1, q root ZC sequence root q of the second 2, the third 3 and the ZC sequence of fourth ZC sequence The root of q 4 , where i = 1, 2, 3, 4, v 1 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000171
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000172
W 2 =-V 3 , O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N.
表十五Table 15
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000173
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000173
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000174
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000174
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000175
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000175
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000176
来确定q 1、q 2、q 3和q 4,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000176
To determine q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 , it can make the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when there are β terminal devices based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values When determining the reference signal sequence, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为3RB、4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为6RB、8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。例如,针对β=1,2或4,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000177
属于A 19;针对β=1,2或4,相干带宽为3RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为6RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000178
属于A 20;针对β=8,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000179
属于A 21。当然,以上只是示例,A 19、A 20和A 21还可以对应其他β值和其他相干带宽,在此不再赘述。
Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB). For example, for β=1, 2 or 4, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000177
Belongs to A 19 ; for β=1, 2 or 4, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 6RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000178
Belongs to A 20 ; for β=8, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000179
Belongs to A 21 . Of course, the above is only an example, and A 19 , A 20 and A 21 can also correspond to other β values and other coherent bandwidths, which will not be repeated here.
情况三Situation three
针对不同的N,V 3的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000180
可以等于集合A 22、A 23或者A 24,集合A 22、A 23或者A 24与N的对应关系满足表十六中的至少一行。可选地,可以使用公式(3)确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1、所述第二ZC序列的根q 2、所述第三ZC序列的根q 3和所述第四ZC序列的根q 4,其中,i=1,2,3,4,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000181
W 2=-V 3,O 1=(2×V 3)mod N。
For different absolute values of N and V 3
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000180
It can be equal to the set A 22 , A 23 or A 24 , and the corresponding relationship between the set A 22 , A 23 or A 24 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 16. Alternatively, using equation (3) determining a first root ZC sequence q 1, q root ZC sequence root q of the second 2, the third 3 and the ZC sequence of fourth ZC sequence The root of q 4 , where i = 1, 2, 3, 4, v 1 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000181
W 2 =-V 3 , O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N.
表十六Table 16
NN A 22(β=1,2,4) A 22 (β=1,2,4) A 23(β=1,2,4) A 23 (β=1,2,4) A 24(β=8) A 24 (β=8)
113113  To  To  To
131131 2828  To  To
139139 1919  To  To
151151 4040  To  To
167167 1212  To  To
179179 77 6262  To
191191 7575 3838  To
199199 1414 3636 5959
211211 88 4242 55
227227 3131 7979 23twenty three
239239 99 4848 7171
251251 6666 8787 5151
263263 3636 4040 22
271271 3737 4949 5555
283283 8181 4343 4242
311311 8989 1616 102102
317317 1212 6363 104104
331331 1212 1717 8888
359359 4949 5555 7373
383383 1414 7676 99
389389 1414 2020 152152
401401 1515 139139 141141
431431 5959 6666 6464
449449 1717 156156 214214
479479 1818 7373 191191
503503 1919 7777 5151
523523 1919 8080 5353
547547 2020 190190 218218
571571 7878 8787 5858
619619 225225 215215 295295
647647 24twenty four 9999 9696
661661 2525 101101 315315
719719 2727 110110 7373
761761 104104 116116 113113
787787 286286 120120 8080
811811 111111 124124 1919
863863 118118 132132 236236
911911 331331 139139 363363
953953 3636 331331 335335
997997 3737 346346 148148
10511051 382382 365365 156156
11031103 151151 383383 112112
11511151 418418 176176 2727
12371237 169169 189189 2929
12911291 469469 197197 353353
13271327 482482 461461 3131
14391439 197197 220220 326326
15311531 556556 234234 347347
15831583 575575 242242 3737
16271627 591591 565565 3838
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000182
来确定q 1、q 2、q 3和q 4,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000182
To determine q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 , it can make the frequency domain flatness of different channels, when there are β terminal devices based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cyclic shift values When determining the reference signal sequence, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4,8)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为3RB、4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为6RB、8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。例如,针对β=1,2或4,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000183
属于A 22;针对β=1,2或4,相干带宽为3RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为6RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000184
属于A 23;针对β=8,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000185
属于A 24。当然,以上只是示例,A 22、A 23和A 24还可以对应其他β值和其他相干带宽,在此不再赘述。
Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4, 8) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB, 4RB, 5RB, 6RB Or 12RB; or, when the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 6RB, 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB). For example, for β=1, 2 or 4, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000183
Belongs to A 22 ; for β=1, 2 or 4, the coherence bandwidth is 3RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 6RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000184
Belongs to A 23 ; for β=8, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000185
Belongs to A 24 . Of course, the above is just an example, and A 22 , A 23 and A 24 can also correspond to other β values and other coherent bandwidths, which will not be repeated here.
作为一个可选的实施例,X为大于或等于5的整数,所述X个基序列中包括五个基序列,所述五个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 4、(q 4+V 4)mod N、(q 4+W 3)mod N、(q 4+O 2)mod N和(q 4+P)mod N,其中,q 4为1到N-1的整数,V 4为整数,且V 4的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 3为整数,且W 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 2为整数,且O 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],P为整数,且P的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 As an optional embodiment, X is an integer greater than or equal to 5, the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the five base sequences are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 )mod N, (q 4 +W 3 )mod N, (q 4 +O 2 )mod N and (q 4 +P)mod N, where q 4 is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V 4 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 2 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], P is an integer, and The range of the absolute value of P is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
应理解,本实施例中的五个基序列可以包括上述实施例中已经提及的基序列中的至少一个,也可以是不同与上述基序列的其他序列,即q 4与q 1、q 2或q 3可以相等,也可以不相等,V 4与V 1、V 2或V 3可以相等,也可以不相等,W 3与W 1或W 2可以相等,也可以不相等,O 2与O 1可以相等,也可以不相等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。 It should be understood that the five base sequences in this embodiment may include at least one of the base sequences already mentioned in the above-mentioned embodiment, or may be other sequences different from the above-mentioned base sequence, that is, q 4 and q 1 , q 2 Or q 3 can be equal or unequal, V 4 and V 1 , V 2 or V 3 can be equal or unequal, W 3 and W 1 or W 2 can be equal or unequal, O 2 and O 1 may be equal or unequal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为一个可选的实施例,当X是大于或等于5的整数时,|c i|∈[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],i=1,2,...,X-1。可选地,c i为根据V 4确定的整数。 As an optional embodiment, when X is an integer greater than or equal to 5, |c i |∈[K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ],i=1,2,..., X-1. Optionally, c i is an integer determined according to V 4 .
在该实施例中,W 3可以是根据V 4确定的,或者V 4可以是根据W 3确定的,或者V 4和W 3可以是独立设计的值,彼此没有明确的直接确定关系,本申请实施例对此也不作限定。同理,O 2可以是根据V 4确定的,或者V 4可以是根据O 2确定的,或者V 4和O 2可以是独立设计的值,彼此没有明确的直接确定关系。同理,P可以是根据V 4确定的,或者V 4可以是根据P确定的,或者V 4和P可以是独立设计的值,彼此没有明确的直接确定关系。 In this embodiment, W 3 may be determined according to V 4 , or V 4 may be determined according to W 3 , or V 4 and W 3 may be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other. This application The embodiment also does not limit this. Similarly, O 2 can be determined based on V 4 , or V 4 can be determined based on O 2 , or V 4 and O 2 can be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between each other. Similarly, P can be determined based on V 4 , or V 4 can be determined based on P, or V 4 and P can be independently designed values, and there is no clear and direct relationship between them.
作为一个可选的实施例,V 4和W 3的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 3=-V 4,或W 3=(2×V 4)mod N;或者,V 4和O 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,或O 2=(3×V 4)mod N;或者,V 4和P的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:P=(-2×V 4)mod N,P=(3×V 4)mod N,P=(4×V 4)mod N。 As an optional embodiment, the relationship between V 4 and W 3 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 3 =-V 4 , or W 3 = (2×V 4 ) mod N; or, V 4 and O 2 The relationship of satisfies any one of the following formulas: O 2 =(2×V 4 )mod N, or O 2 =(3×V 4 )mod N; or, the relationship between V 4 and P satisfies any one of the following formulas : P=(-2×V 4 )mod N, P=(3×V 4 )mod N, P=(4×V 4 )mod N.
作为一个可选的实施例,W 3=-V 4,O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,P=(-2×V 4)mod N;或者,W 3=-V 4,O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,P=(3×V 4)mod N;或者,W 3=(2×V 4)mod N,O 2=(3×V 4)mod N,P=(4×V 4)mod N。 As an optional embodiment, W 3 =-V 4 , O 2 = (2×V 4 ) mod N, P=(-2×V 4 ) mod N; or, W 3 =-V 4 , O 2 =(2×V 4 )mod N, P=(3×V 4 )mod N; or, W 3 =(2×V 4 )mod N, O 2 =(3×V 4 )mod N, P=( 4×V 4 )mod N.
V 4的特征在于: The characteristics of V 4 are:
(1)V 4为整数; (1) V 4 is an integer;
(2)存在不同的N,使得V 4的取值不同; (2) There are different N, making the value of V 4 different;
(3)对于不同的u,V 4的取值可以相同,也可以不同; (3) For different u, the value of V 4 can be the same or different;
(4)存在N和u,使得V 4的绝对值属于[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 (4) There are N and u, so that the absolute value of V 4 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
W 3的特征在于: The characteristics of W 3 are:
(1)W 3为整数; (1) W 3 is an integer;
(2)存在不同的N,使得W 3的取值不同; (2) There are different N, which makes the value of W 3 different;
(3)对于不同的u,W 3的取值可以相同,也可以不同; (3) For different u, the value of W 3 can be the same or different;
(4)存在N和u,使得W 3的绝对值属于[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 (4) There are N and u, so that the absolute value of W 3 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
O 2的特征在于: The characteristics of O 2 are:
(1)O 2为整数; (1) O 2 is an integer;
(2)存在不同的N,使得O 2的取值不同; (2) There are different N, which makes the value of O 2 different;
(3)对于不同的u,O 2的取值可以相同,也可以不同; (3) For different u, the value of O 2 can be the same or different;
(4)存在N和u,使得O 2的绝对值属于[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 (4) There are N and u, so that the absolute value of O 2 belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
P的特征在于:The characteristics of P are:
(1)P为整数;(1) P is an integer;
(2)存在不同的N,使得P的取值不同;(2) There are different N, making the value of P different;
(3)对于不同的u,P的取值可以相同,也可以不同;(3) For different u, the value of P can be the same or different;
(4)存在N和u,使得P的绝对值属于[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 (4) There are N and u, so that the absolute value of P belongs to [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
当X为大于或等于5的整数时,该第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数大于或等于5。为了描述方便,以X=5为例进行说明。假设该五个基序列包括上述X=4的实施例中的四个基序列,针对第一序列组中的第一基序列、第二基序列、第三基序列、第四基序列和第五基序列,用于生成该第一基序列的第一ZC序列的根为q 1,用于生成该第二基序列的第二ZC序列的根为q 2,用于生成该第三基序列的第三ZC序列的根为q 3,用于生成该第四基序列的第四ZC序列的根为q 4,用于生成该第五基序列的第五ZC序列的根为q 5,则在上述四个公式(1)~(4)中,i=1,2,3,4,5,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000186
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000187
此时,W 3=-V 4,O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,P=(-2×V 4)mod N;或者,
When X is an integer greater than or equal to 5, the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is greater than or equal to 5. For the convenience of description, take X=5 as an example. It is assumed that the five base sequences include the four base sequences in the above-mentioned embodiment where X=4, for the first base sequence, the second base sequence, the third base sequence, the fourth base sequence, and the fifth base sequence in the first sequence group. Base sequence, the root of the first ZC sequence used to generate the first base sequence is q 1 , the root of the second ZC sequence used to generate the second base sequence is q 2 , the root of the third base sequence The root of the third ZC sequence is q 3 , the root of the fourth ZC sequence used to generate the fourth base sequence is q 4 , and the root of the fifth ZC sequence used to generate the fifth base sequence is q 5 , then In the above four formulas (1)~(4), i=1, 2, 3, 4, 5, v 1 =0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000186
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000187
At this time, W 3 =-V 4 , O 2 = (2×V 4 ) mod N, P=(-2×V 4 ) mod N; or,
v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000188
此时,W 3=-V 4,O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,P=(3×V 4)mod N;或者,
v 1 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000188
At this time, W 3 =-V 4 , O 2 = (2×V 4 ) mod N, P=(3×V 4 ) mod N; or,
v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000189
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000190
此时,W 3=(2×V 4)mod N,O 2=(3×V 4)mod N,P=(4×V 4)mod N。
v 1 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000189
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000190
At this time, W 3 =(2×V 4 ) mod N, O 2 =(3×V 4 ) mod N, and P=(4×V 4 ) mod N.
V 4的绝对值的取值可以分下列多种情况。 The absolute value of V 4 can be divided into the following situations.
情况一Situation One
若根是通过上述四个公式(1)~(4)中的任一个公式计算得到的,那么针对不同的N,V 4、W 3、O 2、和P的绝对值可以属于下表十七所示的集合A 25和A 26。针对不同的N,V 4的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000191
可以属于下表十七所示的集合A 25或者A 26,集合A 25或者A 26与N的对应关系满足表十七中的至少一行。可选地,公式(1)~(4)中至少存在一个公式可以用于确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1、所述第二ZC序列的根q 2、所述第三ZC序列的根q 3、所 述第四ZC序列的根q 4和所述第五ZC序列的根q 5,其中,i=1,2,3,4,5,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000192
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000193
W 3=-V 4,O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,P=(-2×V 4)mod N;或者,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000194
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000195
W 3=-V 4,O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,P=(3×V 4)mod N;或者,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000196
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000197
W 3=(2×V 4)mod N,O 2=(3×V 4)mod N,P=(4×V 4)mod N。
If the root is calculated by any one of the above four formulas (1) to (4), the absolute values of N, V 4 , W 3 , O 2 , and P can belong to the following table 17 The sets A 25 and A 26 are shown . For different absolute values of N and V 4
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000191
It may belong to the set A 25 or A 26 shown in Table 17 below, and the correspondence between the set A 25 or A 26 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 17. Optionally, at least one formula in formulas (1) to (4) can be used to determine the root q 1 of the first ZC sequence, the root q 2 of the second ZC sequence, and the root q 2 of the third ZC sequence. q. 3 root, root ZC sequence q 4 of the fourth and the fifth root ZC sequence q. 5, wherein, i = 1,2,3,4,5, v 1 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000192
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000193
W 3 =-V 4 , O 2 = (2×V 4 ) mod N, P=(-2×V 4 ) mod N; or, v 1 =0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000194
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000195
W 3 =-V 4 , O 2 = (2×V 4 ) mod N, P=(3×V 4 ) mod N; or, v 1 =0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000196
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000197
W 3 =(2×V 4 ) mod N, O 2 =(3×V 4 ) mod N, P=(4×V 4 ) mod N.
表十七Table 17
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000198
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000198
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000199
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000199
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000200
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000200
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000201
来确定q 1、q 2、q 3、q 4和q 5,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确 定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000201
To determine q 1 , q 2 , q 3 , q 4, and q 5 , which can make the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are β terminal devices based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cycles When the reference signal sequence is determined by the shift value, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。例如,针对β=1,2或4,相干带宽为4RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为8RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000202
属于A 25;针对β=1,2或4,相干带宽为5RB、6RB或12RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为10RB、12RB或24RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000203
属于A 26。当然,以上只是示例,A 25和A 26还可以对应其他β值和其他相干带宽,在此不再赘述。
Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB; or , When the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB). For example, for β=1, 2 or 4, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000202
Belongs to A 25 ; For β=1, 2 or 4, the coherence bandwidth is 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000203
Belongs to A 26 . Of course, the above is just an example, and A 25 and A 26 can also correspond to other β values and other coherent bandwidths, which will not be repeated here.
情况二Situation two
针对不同的N,V 4的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000204
可以属于下表十八所示的集合A 27或者A 28,集合A 27或者A 28与N的对应关系满足表十八中的至少一行。可选地,可以使用公式(3)确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1、所述第二ZC序列的根q 2、所述第三ZC序列的根q 3、所述第四ZC序列的根q 4和所述第五ZC序列的根q 5,其中,i=1,2,3,4,5,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000205
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000206
W 3=-V 4,O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,P=(-2×V 4)mod N。
For different absolute values of N and V 4
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000204
It may belong to the set A 27 or A 28 shown in Table 18 below, and the correspondence between the set A 27 or A 28 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 18. Alternatively, using equation (3) determining a first root ZC sequence q 1, q root ZC sequence root q of the second 2, the third 3 ZC sequence, the ZC sequence of the fourth The root q 4 of and the root q 5 of the fifth ZC sequence, where i = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, v 1 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000205
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000206
W 3 =-V 4 , O 2 =(2×V 4 ) mod N, P=(-2×V 4 ) mod N.
表十八Table 18
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000207
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000207
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000208
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000208
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000209
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000209
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000210
来确定q 1、q 2、q 3、q 4和q 5,可以使得在 不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000210
To determine q 1 , q 2 , q 3 , q 4, and q 5 , which can make the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are β terminal devices based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cycles When the reference signal sequence is determined by the shift value, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。例如,针对β=1,2或4,相干带宽为4RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为8RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000211
属于A 27;针对β=1,2或4,相干带宽为5RB、6RB或12RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为10RB、12RB或24RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000212
属于A 28。当然,以上只是示例,A 27和A 28还可以对应其他β值和其他相干带宽,在此不再赘述。
Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB; or , When the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB). For example, for β=1, 2 or 4, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000211
Belongs to A 27 ; for β=1, 2 or 4, the coherence bandwidth is 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000212
Belongs to A 28 . Of course, the above is just an example, and A 27 and A 28 can also correspond to other β values and other coherent bandwidths, which will not be repeated here.
情况三Situation three
针对不同的N,V 4的绝对值
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000213
可以等于集合A 29或者A 30,集合A 29或者A 30的取值与N的对应关系满足表十九中的至少一行。可选地,可以使用公式(3)确定所述第一ZC序列的根q 1、所述第二ZC序列的根q 2、所述第三ZC序列的根q 3、所述第四ZC序列的根q 4和所述第五ZC序列的根q 5,其中,i=1,2,3,4,5,v 1=0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000214
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000215
W 3=-V 4,O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,P=(-2×V 4)mod N。
For different absolute values of N and V 4
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000213
It can be equal to the set A 29 or A 30 , and the corresponding relationship between the value of the set A 29 or A 30 and N satisfies at least one row in Table 19. Alternatively, using equation (3) determining a first root ZC sequence q 1, q root ZC sequence root q of the second 2, the third 3 ZC sequence, the ZC sequence of the fourth The root q 4 of and the root q 5 of the fifth ZC sequence, where i = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, v 1 = 0,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000214
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000215
W 3 =-V 4 , O 2 =(2×V 4 ) mod N, P=(-2×V 4 ) mod N.
表十九Table 19
NN A 29(β=1,2,4,γ=24) A 29 (β=1, 2, 4, γ=24) A 30(β=1,2,4,γ=30,36,72) A 30 (β=1, 2, 4, γ= 30 , 36, 72)
113113  To  To
131131  To  To
139139  To  To
151151  To  To
167167  To  To
179179  To  To
191191 7575 5858
199199 3636 4646
211211 3838 44
227227 4141 5050
239239 4343 9898
251251 112112 5858
263263 66 5858
271271 4949 55
283283 5151 2626
311311 5656 2828
317317 22twenty two 66
331331 23twenty three 7373
359359 2525 8383
383383 6969 183183
389389 2727 5353
401401 128128 193193
431431 3030 3939
449449 8181 216216
479479 153153 99
503503 3535 242242
523523 167167 4848
547547 175175 224224
571571 103103 126126
619619 198198 5656
647647 207207 1919
661661 211211 318318
719719 130130 4141
761761 243243 168168
787787 142142 182182
811811 259259 179179
863863 156156 295295
911911 291291 201201
953953 172172 1818
997997 180180 220220
10511051 190190 243243
11031103 199199 255255
11511151 208208 266266
12371237 223223 548548
12911291 233233 206206
13271327 424424 2525
14391439 260260 8282
15311531 276276 2929
15831583 286286 486486
16271627 294294 376376
在本申请实施例中,根据上表所设计的
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000216
来确定q 1、q 2、q 3、q 4和q 5,可以使得在不同信道的频域平坦程度下,当有β个终端设备基于一个序列组的同一个基序列和β个不同的循环移位值确定参考信号序列时,这些参考信号序列对基于该序列组的另外一个基序列确定的参考信号的干扰功率总和很低。同时,该方案不增加基于不同序列组的基序列确定的参考信号序列之间的干扰。
In the embodiment of this application, the design according to the above table
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000216
To determine q 1 , q 2 , q 3 , q 4, and q 5 , which can make the frequency domain flatness of different channels when there are β terminal devices based on the same base sequence of a sequence group and β different cycles When the reference signal sequence is determined by the shift value, the sum of the interference power of these reference signal sequences to the reference signal determined based on the other base sequence of the sequence group is very low. At the same time, this solution does not increase the interference between the reference signal sequences determined based on the base sequences of different sequence groups.
可选地,本实施例可以应用于不同的β取值(例如1,2,4)以及不同的信道相干带宽(例如,梳齿为2时,相干带宽为4RB、5RB、6RB或12RB;或者,梳齿为4时,相干带宽为8RB、10RB、12RB或24RB)。例如,针对β=1,2或4,相干带宽为4RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为8RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000217
属于A 29;针对β=1,2或4,相干带宽为5RB、6RB或12RB(梳齿为2),或者,相干带宽为10RB、12RB或24RB(梳齿为4)的场景,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000218
属于A 30。当然,以上只是示例,A 29和A 30还可以对应其他β值和其他相干带宽,在此不再赘述。
Optionally, this embodiment can be applied to different β values (for example, 1, 2, 4) and different channel coherence bandwidths (for example, when the comb tooth is 2, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB, 5RB, 6RB or 12RB; or , When the comb tooth is 4, the coherence bandwidth is 8RB, 10RB, 12RB or 24RB). For example, for β=1, 2 or 4, the coherence bandwidth is 4RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 8RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000217
Belongs to A 29 ; For β=1, 2 or 4, the coherence bandwidth is 5RB, 6RB or 12RB (comb is 2), or the coherence bandwidth is 10RB, 12RB or 24RB (comb is 4),
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000218
Belongs to A 30 . Of course, the above is just an example, and A 29 and A 30 can also correspond to other β values and other coherent bandwidths, which will not be repeated here.
上述多个实施例均针对将第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数扩充至X (X=2,3,4,5)进行了描述,应理解,针对第一序列组中长度为M 1的序列的个数X 1,和/或第一序列组中长度为M 2的序列的个数X 2,也可以采用上述实施例中的方法进行扩充。例如,按照上述X=2的实施例,将长度为M 1的基序列的个数增加至X 1=2个;或者,按照上述X=3的实施例,将长度为M 1的基序列的个数增加至X 1=3个。又例如,按照上述X=4的实施例,将长度为M 2的基序列的个数增加至X 2=4个。其他序列组类似,此处不再赘述。 The foregoing multiple embodiments have been described for expanding the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group to X (X=2,3,4,5). It should be understood that for the length of the first sequence group X is the number of sequence number of M 1, and / or the length of a first sequence group 1 is a sequence of M 2 X 2, also a method of the above-described embodiment can be expanded employed. For example, according to the above-mentioned embodiment of X=2, the number of base sequences of length M 1 is increased to X 1 = 2; or, according to the above-mentioned embodiment of X=3, the number of base sequences of length M 1 The number is increased to X 1 =3. For another example, according to the above embodiment where X=4, the number of base sequences with a length of M 2 is increased to X 2 =4. Other sequence groups are similar, so I won’t repeat them here.
应理解,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that the size of the sequence numbers of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application.
上文中结合图1至图4,详细描述了根据本申请实施例的通信方法,下面将结合图5至图7,详细描述根据本申请实施例的装置。The communication method according to the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to Figs. 1 to 4, and the device according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with Figs. 5 to 7.
图5示出了本申请实施例提供的装置500。该装置500可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现其功能的装置,例如是可以用于终端设备中的芯片或芯片系统。该装置500包括:处理单元510和发送单元520。Fig. 5 shows an apparatus 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 500 may be a terminal device, or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize its functions, for example, a chip or a chip system that can be used in the terminal device. The device 500 includes a processing unit 510 and a sending unit 520.
在一种可能的实现方式中,装置500用于执行本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus 500 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
该处理单元510用于:获取长度为M的参考信号序列,M为大于1的整数;The processing unit 510 is configured to: obtain a reference signal sequence of length M, where M is an integer greater than 1;
该发送单元520用于:用于向网络设备发送所述参考信号序列;The sending unit 520 is configured to send the reference signal sequence to a network device;
其中,所述参考信号序列是由长度为M的第一基序列确定的,所述第一基序列属于第一序列组,所述第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X,所述X个基序列具有相同的组索引,所述X个基序列是由X个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,N为大于1的整数,X为大于或等于2的整数,所述X个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+V 1)mod N,q 1为1到N-1的整数,V 1为整数,且V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1、K 2、K 3和K 4均为整数,K 1>1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000219
K 4<N-1,当N为奇数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000220
当N为偶数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000221
表示小于或等于A的最大整数,[A,B]表示由大于或等于A且小于或等于B的整数组成的集合,A mod B表示A对B取模。
Wherein, the reference signal sequence is determined by a first base sequence of length M, the first base sequence belongs to a first sequence group, and the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X , The X base sequences have the same group index, the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, where N is an integer greater than 1, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2. The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the X basis sequences are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and V 1 The range of the absolute value of is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000219
K 4 <N-1, when N is an odd number,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000220
When N is even,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000221
Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a set of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, and A mod B represents that A modulates B.
可选地,所述第一序列组属于Y个序列组,Y为大于或等于2的整数;所述Y个序列组中的第y个序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X (y),所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列是由X (y)个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,X (y)为大于或等于2的整数,所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q′和(q′+V′)mod N,q′为1到N-1的整数,V′为整数,且V′的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 Optionally, the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the number of base sequences with length M in the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups is X (y) , the X (y) base sequences of length M are determined by X (y) ZC sequences of length N, X (y) is an integer greater than or equal to 2, the X (y ) The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the base sequences of length M are q′ and (q′+V′) mod N, q′ is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V′ is an integer , And the value range of the absolute value of V'is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
可选地,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的奇数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000222
或者,当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000223
表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
Optionally, when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000222
Or, when N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000223
Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
可选地,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的奇数时,V′的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000224
或者,当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V′的绝对 值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000225
表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
Optionally, when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V′ belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000224
Or, when N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V'belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000225
Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
可选地,X为大于或等于3的整数,所述X个基序列中包括三个基序列,所述三个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 2、(q 2+V 2)mod N和(q 2+W 1)mod N,其中,q 2为1到N-1的整数,V 2为整数,且V 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 1为整数,且W 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 Optionally, X is an integer greater than or equal to 3, the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the three base sequences are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 ), respectively mod N and (q 2 +W 1 ) mod N, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
可选地,V 2和W 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 1=-V 2,或W 1=(2×V 2)mod N。 Optionally, the relationship between V 2 and W 1 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 1 =-V 2 , or W 1 =(2×V 2 ) mod N.
可选地,X为大于或等于4的整数,所述X个基序列包括四个基序列,所述四个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 3、(q 3+V 3)mod N、(q 3+W 2)mod N和(q 3+O 1)mod N,其中,q 3为1到N-1的整数,V 3为整数,且V 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 2为整数,且W 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 1为整数,且O 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 Optionally, X is an integer greater than or equal to 4, the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the four base sequences are q 3 , (q 3 +V 3 ) mod N, (q 3 +W 2 )mod N and (q 3 +O 1 )mod N, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 3 Is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of W 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
可选地,V 3和W 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 2=-V 3,或W 2=(2×V 3)mod N;或者,V 3和O 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:O 1=(2×V 3)mod N,或O 1=(3×V 3)mod N。 Optionally, the relationship between V 3 and W 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 2 =-V 3 , or W 2 =(2×V 3 ) mod N; or, the relationship between V 3 and O 1 satisfies the following Either one of the formulas: O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N, or O 1 =(3×V 3 ) mod N.
可选地,X为大于或等于5的整数,所述X个基序列中包括五个基序列,所述五个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 4、(q 4+V 4)mod N、(q 4+W 3)mod N、(q 4+O 2)mod N和(q 4+P)mod N,其中,q 4为1到N-1的整数,V 4为整数,且V 4的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 3为整数,且W 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 2为整数,且O 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],P为整数,且P的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 Optionally, X is an integer greater than or equal to 5, the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the five base sequences are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 ), respectively mod N, (q 4 +W 3 )mod N, (q 4 +O 2 )mod N, and (q 4 +P)mod N, where q 4 is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V 4 is an integer, And the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 2 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], P is an integer, and the absolute value of P The value range of is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
可选地,V 4和W 3的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 3=-V 4,或W 3=(2×V 4)mod N;或者,V 4和O 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,或O 2=(3×V 4)mod N;或者,V 4和P的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:P=(-2×V 4)mod N,P=(3×V 4)mod N,P=(4×V 4)mod N。 Optionally, the relationship between V 4 and W 3 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 3 =-V 4 , or W 3 =(2×V 4 ) mod N; or, the relationship between V 4 and O 2 satisfies the following Either one of the formulas: O 2 = (2×V 4 ) mod N, or O 2 = (3×V 4 ) mod N; or, the relationship between V 4 and P satisfies any one of the following formulas: P=( -2×V 4 )mod N, P=(3×V 4 )mod N, P=(4×V 4 )mod N.
应理解,这里的装置500以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中,本领域技术人员可以理解,装置500可以具体为上述实施例中的终端设备,装置500可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与终端设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the device 500 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit. The term "unit" here can refer to application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), electronic circuit, processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs (such as shared processor, proprietary processor or group Processor, etc.) and memory, merge logic circuits and/or other suitable components that support the described functions. In an optional example, those skilled in the art can understand that the apparatus 500 may be specifically the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, and the apparatus 500 may be used to execute each process and/or step corresponding to the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
图6示出了本申请实施例提供的装置600。该装置600可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备实现其功能的装置,例如是可以用于网络设备中的芯片或芯片系统。该装置600包括:发送单元610和接收单元620。FIG. 6 shows an apparatus 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 600 may be a network device, or a device capable of supporting the network device to realize its functions, for example, a chip or a chip system that can be used in the network device. The device 600 includes a sending unit 610 and a receiving unit 620.
该发送单元610用于:向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置第一序列组,所述第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X,所述X个基序列具有相同的组索引,所述X个基序列是由X个ZC序列确定的,N为大于1的整数,X为大于或等于2的整数,所述X个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+V 1)mod N,q 1为1到N-1的整数,V 1为整数,且V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1、K 2、K 3 和K 4均为整数,K 1>1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000226
K 4<N-1,当N为奇数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000227
当N为偶数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000228
表示小于或等于A的最大整数,[A,B]表示由大于或等于A且小于或等于B的整数组成的集合,A mod B表示A对B取模;
The sending unit 610 is configured to send configuration information to a terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure a first sequence group, the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X, and the X base sequences Sequences have the same group index, the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences, N is an integer greater than 1, X is an integer greater than or equal to 2, any two base sequences in the X base sequences The roots of the corresponding ZC sequence are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N respectively, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 1 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000226
K 4 <N-1, when N is an odd number,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000227
When N is even,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000228
Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a set of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, and A mod B represents that A modulates B;
该接收单元620用于:接收参考信号序列,所述参考信号序列是由第一基序列确定的,所述第一基序列属于所述第一序列组。The receiving unit 620 is configured to receive a reference signal sequence, the reference signal sequence is determined by a first base sequence, and the first base sequence belongs to the first sequence group.
可选地,所述第一序列组属于Y个序列组,Y为大于或等于2的整数;所述Y个序列组中的第y个序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X (y),所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列是由X (y)个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,X (y)为大于或等于2的整数,所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q′和(q′+V′)mod N,q′为1到N-1的整数,V′为整数,且V′的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 Optionally, the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2; the number of base sequences with length M in the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups is X (y) , the X (y) base sequences of length M are determined by X (y) ZC sequences of length N, X (y) is an integer greater than or equal to 2, the X (y ) The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the base sequences of length M are q′ and (q′+V′) mod N, q′ is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V′ is an integer , And the value range of the absolute value of V'is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
可选地,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的奇数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000229
或者,当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000230
表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
Optionally, when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000229
Or, when N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000230
Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
可选地,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的奇数时,V′的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000231
或者,当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V′的绝对值属于集合
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000232
表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
Optionally, when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V′ belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000231
Or, when N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V'belongs to the set
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000232
Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
可选地,X为大于或等于3的整数,所述X个基序列中包括三个基序列,所述三个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 2、(q 2+V 2)mod N和(q 2+W 1)mod N,其中,q 2为1到N-1的整数,V 2为整数,且V 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 1为整数,且W 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 Optionally, X is an integer greater than or equal to 3, the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the three base sequences are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 ), respectively mod N and (q 2 +W 1 ) mod N, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪ [K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
可选地,V 2和W 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 1=-V 2,或W 1=(2×V 2)mod N。 Optionally, the relationship between V 2 and W 1 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 1 =-V 2 , or W 1 =(2×V 2 ) mod N.
可选地,X为大于或等于4的整数,所述X个基序列包括四个基序列,所述四个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 3、(q 3+V 3)mod N、(q 3+W 2)mod N和(q 3+O 1)mod N,其中,q 3为1到N-1的整数,V 3为整数,且V 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 2为整数,且W 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 1为整数,且O 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 Optionally, X is an integer greater than or equal to 4, the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the four base sequences are q 3 , (q 3 +V 3 ) mod N, (q 3 +W 2 )mod N and (q 3 +O 1 )mod N, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 3 Is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the absolute value of W 2 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
可选地,V 3和W 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 2=-V 3,或W 2=(2×V 3)mod N;或者,V 3和O 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:O 1=(2×V 3)mod N,或O 1=(3×V 3)mod N。 Optionally, the relationship between V 3 and W 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 2 =-V 3 , or W 2 =(2×V 3 ) mod N; or, the relationship between V 3 and O 1 satisfies the following Either one of the formulas: O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N, or O 1 =(3×V 3 ) mod N.
可选地,X为大于或等于5的整数,所述X个基序列中包括五个基序列,所述五个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 4、(q 4+V 4)mod N、(q 4+W 3)mod N、(q 4+O 2)mod N和(q 4+P)mod N,其中,q 4为1到N-1的整数,V 4为整数,且V 4的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 3为整数,且W 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 2为整数,且O 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],P为整数,且P的绝对值的取值范围 为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 Optionally, X is an integer greater than or equal to 5, the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the five base sequences are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 ), respectively mod N, (q 4 +W 3 )mod N, (q 4 +O 2 )mod N, and (q 4 +P)mod N, where q 4 is an integer from 1 to N-1, and V 4 is an integer, And the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ] ∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 2 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], P is an integer, and the absolute value of P The value range of is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
可选地,V 4和W 3的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:W 3=-V 4,或W 3=(2×V 4)mod N;或者,V 4和O 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,或O 2=(3×V 4)mod N;或者,V 4和P的关系满足下列公式中的任一个:P=(-2×V 4)mod N,P=(3×V 4)mod N,P=(4×V 4)mod N。 Optionally, the relationship between V 4 and W 3 satisfies any one of the following formulas: W 3 =-V 4 , or W 3 =(2×V 4 ) mod N; or, the relationship between V 4 and O 2 satisfies the following Either one of the formulas: O 2 = (2×V 4 ) mod N, or O 2 = (3×V 4 ) mod N; or, the relationship between V 4 and P satisfies any one of the following formulas: P=( -2×V 4 )mod N, P=(3×V 4 )mod N, P=(4×V 4 )mod N.
应理解,这里的装置600以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中,本领域技术人员可以理解,装置500可以具体为上述实施例中的网络设备,装置600可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与网络设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the device 600 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit. The term "unit" here can refer to application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), electronic circuit, processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs (such as shared processor, proprietary processor or group Processor, etc.) and memory, merge logic circuits and/or other suitable components that support the described functions. In an optional example, those skilled in the art can understand that the apparatus 500 may be specifically the network device in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the apparatus 600 may be used to execute each process and/or step corresponding to the network device in the above-mentioned method embodiment. To avoid repetition, I won’t repeat them here.
上述各个方案的装置500和装置600分别具有实现上述方法中终端设备和网络设备执行的相应步骤的功能;所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块;例如发送单元和接收单元可以由通信接口替代,其它单元,如处理单元等可以由处理器替代,分别执行各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。在本申请实施例中,通信接口可以是电路、模块、总线、总线接口、收发器等可以实现通信功能的装置。The apparatus 500 and the apparatus 600 of the above solutions respectively have the functions of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the terminal equipment and the network equipment in the above methods; the functions can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions; for example, the sending unit and the receiving unit can be replaced by a communication interface, and other units, such as a processing unit, can be replaced by a processor to execute the respective method embodiments. Send and receive operations and related processing operations. In the embodiments of the present application, the communication interface may be a circuit, module, bus, bus interface, transceiver, and other devices that can implement communication functions.
在本申请的实施例,图5和图6中的装置也可以是芯片或者芯片系统,例如:片上系统(system on chip,SoC)。对应的,接收单元和发送单元可以是该芯片的收发电路,在此不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the devices in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 may also be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (system on chip, SoC). Correspondingly, the receiving unit and the sending unit may be the transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited here.
图7示出了本申请实施例提供的另一装置700。该装置700包括处理器710、通信接口720。可选地,该装置700还可以包括存储器750。可选地,存储器750可以包括于处理器710中。其中,处理器710、通信接口720和存储器750通过内部连接通路互相通信,存储器750用于存储指令,处理器710用于执行存储器750存储的指令,以实现本申请实施例提供的方法。FIG. 7 shows another apparatus 700 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 700 includes a processor 710 and a communication interface 720. Optionally, the device 700 may further include a memory 750. Optionally, the memory 750 may be included in the processor 710. The processor 710, the communication interface 720, and the memory 750 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, the memory 750 is used to store instructions, and the processor 710 is used to execute instructions stored in the memory 750 to implement the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,装置700用于执行本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备对应的各个流程和步骤。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus 700 is configured to execute each process and step corresponding to the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,处理器710用于:获取长度为M的参考信号序列,M为大于1的整数;通过通信接口720向网络设备发送所述参考信号序列;其中,所述参考信号序列是由长度为M的第一基序列确定的,所述第一基序列属于第一序列组,所述第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X,所述X个基序列具有相同的组索引,所述X个基序列是由X个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,N为大于1的整数,X为大于或等于2的整数,所述X个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+V 1)mod N,q 1为1到N-1的整数,V 1为整数,且V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1、K 2、K 3和K 4均为整数,K 1>1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000233
K 4<N-1,当N为奇数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000234
当N为偶数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000235
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000236
表示小于或等于A的最大整数,[A,B]表示由大于或等于A且小于或等于B的整数组成的集合,A mod B表示A对B取模。
Wherein, the processor 710 is configured to: obtain a reference signal sequence of length M, where M is an integer greater than 1, and send the reference signal sequence to the network device through the communication interface 720; wherein, the reference signal sequence is composed of a length of M The first base sequence is determined by the first base sequence, the first base sequence belongs to a first sequence group, the number of base sequences with a length of M in the first sequence group is X, and the X base sequences have the same group index , The X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, N is an integer greater than 1, X is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and any two base sequences in the X base sequences correspond to The roots of the ZC sequence are respectively q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 1 ranges from [K 1 , K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000233
K 4 <N-1, when N is an odd number,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000234
When N is even,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000235
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000236
Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a set of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, and A mod B represents that A modulates B.
在一种可能的实现方式中,装置700用于执行本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备对 应的各个流程和步骤。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus 700 is used to execute each process and step corresponding to the network device in the method provided in the embodiment of this application.
其中,处理器710用于:通过通信接口720向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置第一序列组,所述第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X,所述X个基序列具有相同的组索引,所述X个基序列是由X个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,N为大于1的整数,X为大于或等于2的整数,所述X个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+V 1)mod N,q 1为1到N-1的整数,V 1为整数,且V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1、K 2、K 3和K 4均为整数,K 1>1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000237
K 4<N-1,当N为奇数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000238
当N为偶数时,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000239
表示小于或等于A的最大整数,[A,B]表示由大于或等于A且小于或等于B的整数组成的集合,A mod B表示A对B取模;通过通信接口720接收参考信号序列,所述参考信号序列是由第一基序列确定的,所述第一基序列属于所述第一序列组。
The processor 710 is configured to send configuration information to the terminal device through the communication interface 720, the configuration information is used to configure a first sequence group, and the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X, The X base sequences have the same group index, and the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences with a length of N, where N is an integer greater than 1, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2. The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the base sequences are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the value of V 1 The absolute value range is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000237
K 4 <N-1, when N is an odd number,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000238
When N is even,
Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-000239
Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a collection of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, A mod B represents A modulo B; the reference signal sequence is received through the communication interface 720, The reference signal sequence is determined by a first base sequence, and the first base sequence belongs to the first sequence group.
应理解,装置700可以具体为上述实施例中的终端设备或网络设备,并且可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与终端设备或网络设备对应的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地,存储器750可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。处理器710可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令,并且当处理器710执行存储器中存储的指令时,处理器710用于执行上述与该终端设备或网络设备对应的方法实施例的各个步骤和/或流程。It should be understood that the apparatus 700 may be specifically a terminal device or a network device in the foregoing embodiment, and may be used to execute various steps and/or processes corresponding to the terminal device or the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. Optionally, the memory 750 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor. A part of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory can also store device type information. The processor 710 may be configured to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 710 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 710 is configured to execute the steps and/or steps of the above-mentioned method embodiment corresponding to the terminal device or the network device. Or process.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,上述装置的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the processor of the above-mentioned device may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), or application-specific integrated circuits. (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件单元组合执行完成。软件单元可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器执行存储器中的指令,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, the steps of the above method can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software units in the processor. The software unit may be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor executes the instructions in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
在本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A、B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a、b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or plural items (a). For example, at least one item (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c or a-b-c, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例中描述的各方法步骤和单元,能够以电子硬件、计算机软件或者二者的结合来实现,为了清楚地说明硬件和软件 的可互换性,在上述说明中已经按照功能一般性地描述了各实施例的步骤及组成。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域普通技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that, in combination with the method steps and units described in the embodiments disclosed herein, they can be implemented by electronic hardware, computer software, or a combination of the two, in order to clearly illustrate the possibilities of hardware and software. Interchangeability, in the above description, the steps and components of each embodiment have been generally described in terms of function. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Those of ordinary skill in the art can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为了描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。在本申请实施例中,在无逻辑矛盾的前提下,各实施例之间可以相互引用,例如方法实施例之间的方法和/或术语可以相互引用,例如装置实施例之间的功能和/或术语可以相互引用,例如装置实施例和方法实施例之间的功能和/或术语可以相互引用。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here. In the embodiments of the present application, provided that there is no logical contradiction, the embodiments can be mutually cited. For example, methods and/or terms between method embodiments can be mutually cited, such as functions and/or functions between device embodiments. Or terms may refer to each other, for example, functions and/or terms between the device embodiment and the method embodiment may refer to each other.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口、装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,也可以是电的,机械的或其它的形式连接。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may also be electrical, mechanical or other forms of connection.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本申请实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
本申请实施例提供的方法中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机可以存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,SSD)等。The methods provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, SSD).
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到各种等效的修改或替 换,这些修改或替换都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of various equivalents within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Modifications or replacements, these modifications or replacements shall be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (43)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    获取长度为M的参考信号序列,M为大于1的整数;Obtain a reference signal sequence of length M, where M is an integer greater than 1;
    向网络设备发送所述参考信号序列;Sending the reference signal sequence to a network device;
    其中,所述参考信号序列是由长度为M的第一基序列确定的,所述第一基序列属于第一序列组,所述第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X,所述X个基序列具有相同的组索引,所述X个基序列是由X个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,N为大于1的整数,X为大于或等于2的整数,所述X个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+V 1)mod N,q 1为1到N-1的整数,V 1为整数,且V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1、K 2、K 3和K 4均为整数,K 1>1,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100001
    K 4<N-1,当N为奇数时,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100002
    当N为偶数时,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100004
    表示小于或等于A的最大整数,[A,B]表示由大于或等于A且小于或等于B的整数组成的集合,A mod B表示A对B取模。
    Wherein, the reference signal sequence is determined by a first base sequence of length M, the first base sequence belongs to a first sequence group, and the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X , The X base sequences have the same group index, the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, where N is an integer greater than 1, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2. The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the X basis sequences are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and V 1 The range of the absolute value of is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100001
    K 4 <N-1, when N is an odd number,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100002
    When N is even,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100003
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100004
    Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a set of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, and A mod B represents that A modulates B.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列组属于Y个序列组,Y为大于或等于2的整数;The method according to claim 1, wherein the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
    所述Y个序列组中的第y个序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X (y),所述X (y)个基序列是由X (y)个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,X (y)为大于或等于2的整数,所述X (y)个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q′和(q′+V′)mod N,q′为1到N-1的整数,V′为整数,且V′的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The number of base sequences of length M in the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups is X (y) , and the X (y) base sequences are composed of X (y) ZCs of length N If the sequence is determined, X (y) is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the X (y) base sequences are q′ and (q′+V′) mod, respectively N, q′ are integers from 1 to N-1, V′ is an integer, and the absolute value of V′ ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的奇数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100005
    或者,
    The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100005
    or,
    当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100007
    表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
    When N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100007
    Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,V 1的绝对值属于集合A 1,所述集合A 1与N的对应关系满足以下表格中的至少一行: The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set A 1 , and the correspondence between the set A 1 and N satisfies at least one row in the following table:
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100008
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100008
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100009
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100009
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100010
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100010
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100011
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100011
  5. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,X为大于或等于3的整数,所述X个基序列中包括三个基序列,所述三个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 2、(q 2+V 2)mod N和(q 2+W 1)mod N,其中,q 2为1到N-1的整数,V 2为整数,且V 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 1为整数,且W 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 3, the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the three base sequences correspond to ZC The roots of the sequence are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 ) mod N and (q 2 + W 1 ) mod N, respectively, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the value of V 2 The absolute value range is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the absolute value range of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,V 2和W 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The method of claim 5, wherein the relationship between V 2 and W 1 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    W 1=-V 2,或W 1=(2×V 2)mod N。 W 1 =-V 2 , or W 1 =(2×V 2 ) mod N.
  7. 根据权利要求5或6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述V 2的绝对值属于集合A 50,所述集合A 50与N的关系满足以下表格中至少一行: The method according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the absolute value of V 2 belongs to the set A 50 , and the relationship between the set A 50 and N satisfies at least one row in the following table:
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100012
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100012
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100013
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100013
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100014
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100014
  8. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,X为大于或等于4的整数,所述X个基序列包括四个基序列,所述四个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 3、(q 3+V 3)mod N、(q 3+W 2)mod N和(q 3+O 1)mod N,其中,q 3为1到N-1的整数,V 3为整数,且V 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 2为整数,且W 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 1为整数,且O 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 4, the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the four base sequences correspond to ZC sequences The roots of are q 3 , (q 3 +V 3 ) mod N, (q 3 +W 2 ) mod N and (q 3 +O 1 ) mod N, respectively, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,V 3和W 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The method according to claim 8, wherein the relationship between V 3 and W 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    W 2=-V 3,或W 2=(2×V 3)mod N;或者, W 2 =-V 3 , or W 2 = (2×V 3 ) mod N; or,
    V 3和O 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The relationship between V 3 and O 1 satisfies any of the following formulas:
    O 1=(2×V 3)mod N,或O 1=(3×V 3)mod N。 O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N, or O 1 =(3×V 3 ) mod N.
  10. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,X为大于或等于5的整数,所述X个基序列中包括五个基序列,所述五个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 4、(q 4+V 4)mod N、(q 4+W 3)mod N、(q 4+O 2)mod N和(q 4+P)mod N,其中,q 4为1到N-1的整数,V 4为整数,且V 4的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 3为整数,且W 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 2为整数,且O 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],P为整数,且P的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 5, the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the five base sequences correspond to ZC The roots of the sequence are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 ) mod N, (q 4 +W 3 ) mod N, (q 4 +O 2 ) mod N, and (q 4 +P) mod N, where q 4 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 4 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 3 is an integer, and W 3 The range of absolute value of is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 2 is an integer, and the range of absolute value of O 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], P is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of P is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,V 4和W 3的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The method of claim 10, wherein the relationship between V 4 and W 3 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    W 3=-V 4,或W 3=(2×V 4)mod N;或者, W 3 =-V 4 , or W 3 = (2×V 4 ) mod N; or,
    V 4和O 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The relationship between V 4 and O 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,或O 2=(3×V 4)mod N;或者, O 2 = (2×V 4 ) mod N, or O 2 = (3×V 4 ) mod N; or,
    V 4和P的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The relationship between V 4 and P satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    P=(-2×V 4)mod N,P=(3×V 4)mod N,P=(4×V 4)mod N。 P=(-2×V 4 )mod N, P=(3×V 4 )mod N, P=(4×V 4 )mod N.
  12. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置第一序列组,所述第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X,所述X个基序列具有相同的组索引,所述X个基序列是由X个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,N为大于1的整数,X为大于或等于2的整数,所述X个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+V 1)mod N,q 1为1到N-1的整数,V 1为整数,且V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1、K 2、K 3和K 4均为整数,K 1>1,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100015
    K 4<N-1,当N为奇数时,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100016
    当N为偶数时,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100017
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100018
    表示小于或等于A的最大整数,[A,B]表示由大于或等于A且小于或等于B的整数组成的集合,A mod B表示A对B取模;
    Sending configuration information to the terminal device, the configuration information being used to configure a first sequence group, the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X, and the X base sequences have the same group index, The X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, where N is an integer greater than 1, X is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and any two base sequences in the X base sequences correspond to ZC The roots of the sequence are respectively q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 1 ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100015
    K 4 <N-1, when N is an odd number,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100016
    When N is even,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100017
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100018
    Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a set of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, and A mod B represents that A modulates B;
    接收参考信号序列,所述参考信号序列是由第一基序列确定的,所述第一基序列属于所述第一序列组。A reference signal sequence is received, the reference signal sequence is determined by a first base sequence, and the first base sequence belongs to the first sequence group.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列组属于Y个序列组,Y为大于或等于2的整数;The method according to claim 12, wherein the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
    所述Y个序列组中的第y个序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X (y),所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列是由X (y)个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,X (y)为大于或等于2的整数, 所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q′和(q′+V′)mod N,q′为1到N-1的整数,V′为整数,且V′的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The number of base sequences of length M in the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups is X (y) , and the X (y) base sequences of length M are composed of X (y) lengths Determined for the ZC sequence of N, X (y) is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to any two of the base sequences of length M in the X (y) base sequences are q′ and (q′+V′)mod N, q′ is an integer from 1 to N-1, V′ is an integer, and the absolute value of V′ ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的奇数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100019
    或者,
    The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100019
    or,
    当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100020
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100021
    表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
    When N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100020
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100021
    Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
  15. 根据权利要求12-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,X为大于或等于3的整数,所述X个基序列中包括三个基序列,所述三个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 2、(q 2+V 2)mod N和(q 2+W 1)mod N,其中,q 2为1到N-1的整数,V 2为整数,且V 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 1为整数,且W 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The method according to any one of claims 12-14, wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 3, the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the three base sequences correspond to ZC The roots of the sequence are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 ) mod N and (q 2 + W 1 ) mod N, respectively, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the value of V 2 The absolute value range is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the absolute value range of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,V 2和W 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The method of claim 15, wherein the relationship between V 2 and W 1 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    W 1=-V 2,或W 1=(2×V 2)mod N。 W 1 =-V 2 , or W 1 =(2×V 2 ) mod N.
  17. 根据权利要求12-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,X为大于或等于4的整数,所述X个基序列包括四个基序列,所述四个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 3、(q 3+V 3)mod N、(q 3+W 2)mod N和(q 3+O 1)mod N,其中,q 3为1到N-1的整数,V 3为整数,且V 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 2为整数,且W 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 1为整数,且O 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The method according to any one of claims 12-14, wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 4, the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the four base sequences correspond to ZC sequences The roots of are q 3 , (q 3 +V 3 ) mod N, (q 3 +W 2 ) mod N and (q 3 +O 1 ) mod N, respectively, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,V 3和W 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The method of claim 17, wherein the relationship between V 3 and W 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    W 2=-V 3,或W 2=(2×V 3)mod N;或者, W 2 =-V 3 , or W 2 = (2×V 3 ) mod N; or,
    V 3和O 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The relationship between V 3 and O 1 satisfies any of the following formulas:
    O 1=(2×V 3)mod N,或O 1=(3×V 3)mod N。 O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N, or O 1 =(3×V 3 ) mod N.
  19. 根据权利要求12-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,X为大于或等于5的整数,所述X个基序列中包括五个基序列,所述五个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 4、(q 4+V 4)mod N、(q 4+W 3)mod N、(q 4+O 2)mod N和(q 4+P)mod N,其中,q 4为1到N-1的整数,V 4为整数,且V 4的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 3为整数,且W 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 2为整数,且O 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],P为整数,且P的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The method according to any one of claims 12-14, wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 5, the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the five base sequences correspond to ZC The roots of the sequence are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 ) mod N, (q 4 +W 3 ) mod N, (q 4 +O 2 ) mod N, and (q 4 +P) mod N, where q 4 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 4 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 3 is an integer, and W 3 The range of absolute value of is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 2 is an integer, and the range of absolute value of O 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], P is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of P is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,V 4和W 3的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The method of claim 19, wherein the relationship between V 4 and W 3 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    W 3=-V 4,或W 3=(2×V 4)mod N;或者, W 3 =-V 4 , or W 3 = (2×V 4 ) mod N; or,
    V 4和O 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The relationship between V 4 and O 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,或O 2=(3×V 4)mod N;或者, O 2 = (2×V 4 ) mod N, or O 2 = (3×V 4 ) mod N; or,
    V 4和P的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The relationship between V 4 and P satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    P=(-2×V 4)mod N,P=(3×V 4)mod N,P=(4×V 4)mod N。 P=(-2×V 4 )mod N, P=(3×V 4 )mod N, P=(4×V 4 )mod N.
  21. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括:A device, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理单元,用于获取长度为M的参考信号序列,M为大于1的整数;A processing unit for obtaining a reference signal sequence of length M, where M is an integer greater than 1;
    发送单元,用于向网络设备发送所述参考信号序列;A sending unit, configured to send the reference signal sequence to a network device;
    其中,所述参考信号序列是由长度为M的第一基序列确定的,所述第一基序列属于第一序列组,所述第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X,所述X个基序列具有相同的组索引,所述X个基序列是由X个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,N为大于1的整数,X为大于或等于2的整数,所述X个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+V 1)mod N,q 1为1到N-1的整数,V 1为整数,且V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1、K 2、K 3和K 4均为整数,K 1>1,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100022
    K 4<N-1,当N为奇数时,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100023
    当N为偶数时,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100024
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100025
    表示小于或等于A的最大整数,[A,B]表示由大于或等于A且小于或等于B的整数组成的集合,A mod B表示A对B取模。
    Wherein, the reference signal sequence is determined by a first base sequence of length M, the first base sequence belongs to a first sequence group, and the number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X , The X base sequences have the same group index, the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, where N is an integer greater than 1, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2. The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to any two of the X basis sequences are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and V 1 The range of the absolute value of is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100022
    K 4 <N-1, when N is an odd number,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100023
    When N is even,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100024
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100025
    Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a set of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, and A mod B represents that A modulates B.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一序列组属于Y个序列组,Y为大于或等于2的整数;The device according to claim 21, wherein the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
    所述Y个序列组中的第y个序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X (y),所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列是由X (y)个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,X (y)为大于或等于2的整数,所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q′和(q′+V′)mod N,q′为1到N-1的整数,V′为整数,且V′的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The number of base sequences of length M in the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups is X (y) , and the X (y) base sequences of length M are composed of X (y) lengths Determined for the ZC sequence of N, X (y) is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to any two of the base sequences of length M in the X (y) base sequences are q'and (q′+V′)mod N, q′ is an integer from 1 to N-1, V′ is an integer, and the absolute value of V′ ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的装置,其特征在于,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的奇数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100026
    或者,
    The device according to claim 21 or 22, wherein when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100026
    or,
    当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100027
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100028
    表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
    When N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100027
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100028
    Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
  24. 根据权利要求21-23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,X为大于或等于3的整数,所述X个基序列中包括三个基序列,所述三个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 2、(q 2+V 2)mod N和(q 2+W 1)mod N,其中,q 2为1到N-1的整数,V 2为整数,且V 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 1为整数,且W 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The device according to any one of claims 21-23, wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 3, the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the three base sequences correspond to ZC The roots of the sequence are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 ) mod N and (q 2 + W 1 ) mod N, respectively, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the value of V 2 The absolute value range is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the absolute value range of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,V 2和W 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The device according to claim 24, wherein the relationship between V 2 and W 1 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    W 1=-V 2,或W 1=(2×V 2)mod N。 W 1 =-V 2 , or W 1 =(2×V 2 ) mod N.
  26. 根据权利要求21-23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,X为大于或等于4的整数,所述X个基序列包括四个基序列,所述四个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 3、(q 3+V 3)mod N、(q 3+W 2)mod N和(q 3+O 1)mod N,其中,q 3为1到N-1的整数,V 3为整数,且V 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 2为整数,且W 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 1为整数,且O 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The device according to any one of claims 21-23, wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 4, the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the four base sequences correspond to ZC sequences The roots of are q 3 , (q 3 +V 3 ) mod N, (q 3 +W 2 ) mod N and (q 3 +O 1 ) mod N, respectively, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,V 3和W 2的关系满足下列公式中的 任一个: The device according to claim 26, wherein the relationship between V 3 and W 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    W 2=-V 3,或W 2=(2×V 3)mod N;或者, W 2 =-V 3 , or W 2 = (2×V 3 ) mod N; or,
    V 3和O 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The relationship between V 3 and O 1 satisfies any of the following formulas:
    O 1=(2×V 3)mod N,或O 1=(3×V 3)mod N。 O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N, or O 1 =(3×V 3 ) mod N.
  28. 根据权利要求21-23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,X为大于或等于5的整数,所述X个基序列中包括五个基序列,所述五个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 4、(q 4+V 4)mod N、(q 4+W 3)mod N、(q 4+O 2)mod N和(q 4+P)mod N,其中,q 4为1到N-1的整数,V 4为整数,且V 4的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 3为整数,且W 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 2为整数,且O 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],P为整数,且P的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The device according to any one of claims 21-23, wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 5, the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the five base sequences correspond to ZC The roots of the sequence are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 ) mod N, (q 4 +W 3 ) mod N, (q 4 +O 2 ) mod N, and (q 4 +P) mod N, where q 4 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 4 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 3 is an integer, and W 3 The range of absolute value of is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 2 is an integer, and the range of absolute value of O 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], P is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of P is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,V 4和W 3的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The device according to claim 28, wherein the relationship between V 4 and W 3 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    W 3=-V 4,或W 3=(2×V 4)mod N;或者, W 3 =-V 4 , or W 3 = (2×V 4 ) mod N; or,
    V 4和O 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The relationship between V 4 and O 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,或O 2=(3×V 4)mod N;或者, O 2 = (2×V 4 ) mod N, or O 2 = (3×V 4 ) mod N; or,
    V 4和P的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The relationship between V 4 and P satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    P=(-2×V 4)mod N,P=(3×V 4)mod N,P=(4×V 4)mod N。 P=(-2×V 4 )mod N, P=(3×V 4 )mod N, P=(4×V 4 )mod N.
  30. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括:A device, characterized in that it comprises:
    发送单元,用于向终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于配置第一序列组,所述第一序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X,所述X个基序列具有相同的组索引,所述X个基序列是由X个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,N为大于1的整数,X为大于或等于2的整数,所述X个基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 1和(q 1+V 1)mod N,q 1为1到N-1的整数,V 1为整数,且V 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],K 1、K 2、K 3和K 4均为整数,K 1>1,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100029
    K 4<N-1,当N为奇数时,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100030
    当N为偶数时,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100031
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100032
    表示小于或等于A的最大整数,[A,B]表示由大于或等于A且小于或等于B的整数组成的集合,A mod B表示A对B取模;
    The sending unit is configured to send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to configure a first sequence group. The number of base sequences of length M in the first sequence group is X, and the X base sequences have The same group index, the X base sequences are determined by X ZC sequences of length N, N is an integer greater than 1, X is an integer greater than or equal to 2, any two of the X base sequences The roots of the ZC sequence corresponding to the base sequence are q 1 and (q 1 +V 1 )mod N, q 1 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 1 is an integer, and the absolute value of V 1 has a range of [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], K 1 , K 2 , K 3 and K 4 are all integers, K 1 >1,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100029
    K 4 <N-1, when N is an odd number,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100030
    When N is even,
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100031
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100032
    Represents the largest integer less than or equal to A, [A, B] represents a set of integers greater than or equal to A and less than or equal to B, and A mod B represents that A modulates B;
    接收单元,用于接收参考信号序列,所述参考信号序列是由第一基序列确定的,所述第一基序列属于所述第一序列组。The receiving unit is configured to receive a reference signal sequence, where the reference signal sequence is determined by a first base sequence, and the first base sequence belongs to the first sequence group.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一序列组属于Y个序列组,Y为大于或等于2的整数;The device according to claim 30, wherein the first sequence group belongs to Y sequence groups, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
    所述Y个序列组中的第y个序列组中长度为M的基序列的个数为X (y),所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列是由X (y)个长度为N的ZC序列确定的,X (y)为大于或等于2的整数,所述X (y)个长度为M的基序列中任意两个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q′和(q′+V′)mod N,q′为1到N-1的整数,V′为整数,且V′的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The number of base sequences of length M in the y-th sequence group in the Y sequence groups is X (y) , and the X (y) base sequences of length M are composed of X (y) lengths Determined for the ZC sequence of N, X (y) is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to any two of the base sequences of length M in the X (y) base sequences are q'and (q′+V′)mod N, q′ is an integer from 1 to N-1, V′ is an integer, and the absolute value of V′ ranges from [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的装置,其特征在于,当N为大于或等于第一阈值的 奇数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100033
    或者,
    The device according to claim 30 or 31, wherein when N is an odd number greater than or equal to the first threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100033
    or,
    当N为大于或等于第二阈值的偶数时,V 1的绝对值属于集合
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100034
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100035
    表示大于或等于A的最小整数。
    When N is an even number greater than or equal to the second threshold, the absolute value of V 1 belongs to the set
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100034
    Figure PCTCN2019084864-appb-100035
    Represents the smallest integer greater than or equal to A.
  33. 根据权利要求30-32中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,X为大于或等于3的整数,所述X个基序列中包括三个基序列,所述三个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 2、(q 2+V 2)mod N和(q 2+W 1)mod N,其中,q 2为1到N-1的整数,V 2为整数,且V 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 1为整数,且W 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The device according to any one of claims 30-32, wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 3, the X base sequences include three base sequences, and the three base sequences correspond to ZC The roots of the sequence are q 2 , (q 2 +V 2 ) mod N and (q 2 + W 1 ) mod N, respectively, where q 2 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 2 is an integer, and the value of V 2 The absolute value range is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 1 is an integer, and the absolute value range of W 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,V 2和W 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The device according to claim 33, wherein the relationship between V 2 and W 1 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    W 1=-V 2,或W 1=(2×V 2)mod N。 W 1 =-V 2 , or W 1 =(2×V 2 ) mod N.
  35. 根据权利要求30-32中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,X为大于或等于4的整数,所述X个基序列包括四个基序列,所述四个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 3、(q 3+V 3)mod N、(q 3+W 2)mod N和(q 3+O 1)mod N,其中,q 3为1到N-1的整数,V 3为整数,且V 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 2为整数,且W 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 1为整数,且O 1的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The device according to any one of claims 30-32, wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 4, the X base sequences include four base sequences, and the four base sequences correspond to ZC sequences The roots of are q 3 , (q 3 +V 3 ) mod N, (q 3 +W 2 ) mod N and (q 3 +O 1 ) mod N, respectively, where q 3 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 3 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 3 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 2 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of W 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 1 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of O 1 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的装置,其特征在于,V 3和W 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The device according to claim 35, wherein the relationship between V 3 and W 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    W 2=-V 3,或W 2=(2×V 3)mod N;或者, W 2 =-V 3 , or W 2 = (2×V 3 ) mod N; or,
    V 3和O 1的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The relationship between V 3 and O 1 satisfies any of the following formulas:
    O 1=(2×V 3)mod N,或O 1=(3×V 3)mod N。 O 1 =(2×V 3 ) mod N, or O 1 =(3×V 3 ) mod N.
  37. 根据权利要求30-32中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,X为大于或等于5的整数,所述X个基序列中包括五个基序列,所述五个基序列对应的ZC序列的根分别为q 4、(q 4+V 4)mod N、(q 4+W 3)mod N、(q 4+O 2)mod N和(q 4+P)mod N,其中,q 4为1到N-1的整数,V 4为整数,且V 4的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],W 3为整数,且W 3的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],O 2为整数,且O 2的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4],P为整数,且P的绝对值的取值范围为[K 1,K 2]∪[K 3,K 4]。 The device according to any one of claims 30-32, wherein X is an integer greater than or equal to 5, the X base sequences include five base sequences, and the five base sequences correspond to ZC The roots of the sequence are q 4 , (q 4 +V 4 ) mod N, (q 4 +W 3 ) mod N, (q 4 +O 2 ) mod N, and (q 4 +P) mod N, where q 4 is an integer from 1 to N-1, V 4 is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of V 4 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], W 3 is an integer, and W 3 The range of absolute value of is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], O 2 is an integer, and the range of absolute value of O 2 is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ], P is an integer, and the range of the absolute value of P is [K 1 ,K 2 ]∪[K 3 ,K 4 ].
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置,其特征在于,V 4和W 3的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The device according to claim 37, wherein the relationship between V 4 and W 3 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    W 3=-V 4,或W 3=(2×V 4)mod N;或者, W 3 =-V 4 , or W 3 = (2×V 4 ) mod N; or,
    V 4和O 2的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The relationship between V 4 and O 2 satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    O 2=(2×V 4)mod N,或O 2=(3×V 4)mod N;或者, O 2 = (2×V 4 ) mod N, or O 2 = (3×V 4 ) mod N; or,
    V 4和P的关系满足下列公式中的任一个: The relationship between V 4 and P satisfies any one of the following formulas:
    P=(-2×V 4)mod N,P=(3×V 4)mod N,P=(4×V 4)mod N。 P=(-2×V 4 )mod N, P=(3×V 4 )mod N, P=(4×V 4 )mod N.
  39. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括:存储器与一个或多个处理器,所述一个或多个处理器与所述存储器耦合,所述一个或多个处理器用于执行权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法。An apparatus, comprising: a memory and one or more processors, the one or more processors are coupled with the memory, and the one or more processors are configured to execute any of claims 1 to 20 The method described in one item.
  40. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,其特征 在于,当所述计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得所述计算机实现如权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium having a computer program stored thereon, wherein when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer is caused to implement the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 20 The method described.
  41. 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中包含指令,其特征在于,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机实现如权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, the computer program product contains instructions, characterized in that, when the instructions run on a computer, the computer realizes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 20.
  42. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:一个或多个处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行所述存储器中存储的指令,使得如权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法被执行。A chip, characterized by comprising: one or more processors, used to call and execute instructions stored in the memory from the memory, so that the method according to any one of claims 1 to 20 is executed .
  43. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括权利要求21至29中任一项所述的装置和权利要求30至38中任一项所述的装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising the device according to any one of claims 21 to 29 and the device according to any one of claims 30 to 38.
PCT/CN2019/084864 2019-04-28 2019-04-28 Communication method and apparatus WO2020220176A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/084864 WO2020220176A1 (en) 2019-04-28 2019-04-28 Communication method and apparatus
CN201980096769.9A CN114026932A (en) 2019-04-28 2019-07-11 Communication method and device
PCT/CN2019/095585 WO2020220475A1 (en) 2019-04-28 2019-07-11 Communication method and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/084864 WO2020220176A1 (en) 2019-04-28 2019-04-28 Communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020220176A1 true WO2020220176A1 (en) 2020-11-05

Family

ID=73028715

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/084864 WO2020220176A1 (en) 2019-04-28 2019-04-28 Communication method and apparatus
PCT/CN2019/095585 WO2020220475A1 (en) 2019-04-28 2019-07-11 Communication method and device

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/095585 WO2020220475A1 (en) 2019-04-28 2019-07-11 Communication method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114026932A (en)
WO (2) WO2020220176A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130189930A1 (en) * 2012-01-20 2013-07-25 Nokia Corporation Flexible Radio Channel Sounding
CN106507467A (en) * 2016-11-29 2017-03-15 重庆邮电大学 A kind of method of non real-time LTE uplink datas Timing Synchronization
CN106817210A (en) * 2015-12-02 2017-06-09 华为技术有限公司 The transmission method and equipment of reference signal sequence
CN107888351A (en) * 2016-09-29 2018-04-06 华为技术有限公司 Reference signal sending method, reference signal processing method and equipment
CN109245844A (en) * 2017-06-30 2019-01-18 华为技术有限公司 Wireless communications method, apparatus and system
WO2019017002A1 (en) * 2017-07-19 2019-01-24 Nec Corporation Sounding reference signals (srs) in new radio (nr) communication systems

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5421125B2 (en) * 2007-02-02 2014-02-19 エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド Reference signal sequence generation method using grouping
KR101426987B1 (en) * 2010-05-13 2014-08-07 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus of generating reference singal sequence in wireless communication system
EP2811802B1 (en) * 2012-01-30 2019-10-09 Sun Patent Trust Terminal device and communication method for transmitting reference signals
CN103974418B (en) * 2013-01-24 2019-04-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 DMRS processing method and processing device
CN109150464B (en) * 2017-06-16 2020-09-29 华为技术有限公司 Wireless communication method and wireless communication device
CN109219134B (en) * 2017-06-30 2020-11-06 华为技术有限公司 Sending method and device
US10820353B2 (en) * 2017-08-10 2020-10-27 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for sounding reference signal transmission
CN108123785B (en) * 2017-11-17 2023-09-26 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Communication method and system

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130189930A1 (en) * 2012-01-20 2013-07-25 Nokia Corporation Flexible Radio Channel Sounding
CN106817210A (en) * 2015-12-02 2017-06-09 华为技术有限公司 The transmission method and equipment of reference signal sequence
CN107888351A (en) * 2016-09-29 2018-04-06 华为技术有限公司 Reference signal sending method, reference signal processing method and equipment
CN106507467A (en) * 2016-11-29 2017-03-15 重庆邮电大学 A kind of method of non real-time LTE uplink datas Timing Synchronization
CN109245844A (en) * 2017-06-30 2019-01-18 华为技术有限公司 Wireless communications method, apparatus and system
WO2019017002A1 (en) * 2017-07-19 2019-01-24 Nec Corporation Sounding reference signals (srs) in new radio (nr) communication systems

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2020220475A1 (en) 2020-11-05
CN114026932A (en) 2022-02-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11095408B2 (en) Generating reference signal(s) using Zadoff-Chu sequence(s)
CN110365455B (en) Positioning reference signal transmission method and device
WO2019095828A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting reference signal
US11757688B2 (en) Sequence-based signal processing method and apparatus
WO2022033555A1 (en) Signal transmission method and apparatus
CN112583569B (en) Method and apparatus for signal processing
BR112020009824A2 (en) sequence-based signal processing method and signal processing apparatus
US10827515B2 (en) Sequence-based signal processing method and apparatus
JP2019500797A (en) Method and device for transmitting data
WO2019096268A1 (en) Sequence-based signal processing method and signal processing apparatus
WO2018228181A1 (en) Pbch dedicated demodulation reference signal transmission method and apparatus
WO2020220176A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2019213972A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting random access preamble
WO2022067798A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2019062885A1 (en) Signal processing method and apparatus based on sequence
WO2020143780A1 (en) Signal processing method and device
WO2020114317A1 (en) Reference signal transmission method and device
WO2021062872A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2024032417A1 (en) Reference signal transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2021208109A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023011198A1 (en) Signal processing method and apparatus
WO2021027691A1 (en) Codeword transmission method and device
WO2024027759A1 (en) Sounding reference signal generation method and apparatus
WO2022042618A1 (en) Method for transmitting signals and communication apparatus
WO2022041081A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19927167

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19927167

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1